rdr-2000 mm

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ART 2000

COLOR WEATHER RADARANTENNA/RECEIVER/TRANSMITTER

MANUAL NUMBER 006-05332-0003REVISION 3, JUNE, 2002

WARNINGPRIOR THE EXPORT OF THIS DOCUMENT, REVIEW FOR EXPORT LICENSEREQUIREMENT IS NEEDED.

COPYRIGHT NOTICE ©2000,2002 HONEYWELL INTL. INC.

Reproduction of this publication or any portion thereof by any means without the express written permission of Honeywell Interna-tonal Inc. is prohibited. For further information contact the Man-ager, Technical Publications, Honeywell International Inc., ONE TECHNOLOGY CENTER, 23500 West 105th Street, Olathe KS 66061 Tele-phone: (913) 782-0400.

NCOMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR THE ART 2000

T-1June/200234-40-11

Component Maintenance Manual

Part Number 071-01519-XXXXColor Weather Radar Antenna/Receiver/TransmitterART 2000

006-05332-0003

with Illustrated Parts List


T-2June/2002 34-40-11

NoteIF ANY UNUSUAL OR SPECIFIC PROBLEMS ARISE, CONTACT HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC. 23500 W. 105th ST. OLATHE, KANSAS 66061. NO EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE FACTORY FOR REPAIR UNTIL A RETURN AUTHORIZATION (RA) FORM IS REQUESTED AND RECEIVED FROM THE CUS-TOMER SERVICE DEPARTMENT OF HONEYWELL INTERNA-TIONAL INC.

PROPIETARY NOTICE

This document contains proprietary information and such information may not be disclosed to others for any purpose nor used for manufac-turing purposes without written per-mission from Honeywell Internation-al Inc.


Page R-1June/200234-40-11

REVISION HISTORY AND INSTRUCTIONS

MANUAL: ART 2000

Rev. 3

REVISION: June 2002

PART NUMBER:006-05332-0003

Add, delete, or replace pages as indicated below and retain all tabs and dividers. Insert this page immediately behind the title page as a record of revisions. This revision level of this manual consists of the following individual publications:

____________________________________________________________________________

PAGE ACTION

____________________________________________________________________________

9003 ADDED FIGURE 9001 HARNESS

DRAWING

1086 DETECTOR CALIBRATION #7

D,E,F WAS REPLACED WITH 3-6

9001/9002 NUMBER 2,3,AND 4 CHANGED

THE WORD “FIGURE”

TO THE WORD “TABLE”.


Page R-2June/2002 34-40-11


Page SB-1June/200234-40-11

SERVICE BULLETIN LISTThe Service Bulletins listed below have been incorporated in this manual. Copies of these bulletins are available upon request to:Honeywell International Inc.23500 W. 105th St.Olathe, Kansas 66061Attn: Order Administration

ATA NO.(BENDIX

NO.)

MANUALREVISIONNUMBER

MANUALREVISION

DATECOVERAGE

ART 2000-1 2 JUNE 2002 Improve grounding of u5 and u6 of the Power Supply/ Modulator board.

ART 2000-2 2 JUNE 2002 Elimination of inaccurate Antenna fault messages. (As they appear on screen)

ART 2000-3 2 JUNE 2002 Factory Mod changing Logic board.

ART 2000-4 2 JUNE 2002 Improves Radar Stabilization accuracy during small inputs of pitch and roll from the gyro.

ART 2000-5 2 JUNE 2002 Incorporates new extended STC curves.

ART 2000-6 2 JUNE 2002 Improves the ARL circuit.

ART 2000-7 2 JUNE 2002 Replaces the J5001 connector with a more robust connector.

ART 2000-8 2 JUNE 2002 Lowers voltage applied to U15 to reduce risk of blowing fuse F1.


Page SB-2June/2002 34-40-11

ART 2000-SW2

2 JUNE 2002 ART 2000 P/N 071-01519-0101Serial number 2020 and below.

ART 2000-SW4

2 JUNE 2002 ART 2000 P/N 071-01519-0101 Serial number 2190 and below.

.......Complete through Revision 2.......

ATA NO.(BENDIX

NO.)

MANUALREVISIONNUMBER

MANUALREVISION

DATECOVERAGE


Page LEP-1June/200234-40-11

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Title Page T-1 JUNE 2002 15 JUNE 200216 JUNE 2002

Proprietary 17 JUNE 2002Notice T-2 JUNE 2002 18 JUNE 2002

19 JUNE 2002Record of R-1 JUNE 2002 20 JUNE 2002Revisions R-2 JUNE 2002 21 JUNE 2002

22 JUNE 2002Service SB-1 JUNE 2002 23 JUNE 2002Bulletin SB-2 JUNE 2002 24 JUNE 2002List 25 JUNE 2002

26 JUNE 2002List of LEP-1 JUNE 2002 27 JUNE 2002Effective LEP-2 JUNE 2002 28 JUNE 2002Pages LEP-3 JUNE 2002 29 JUNE 2002

LEP-4 JUNE 2002 30 JUNE 200231 JUNE 2002

Table of TC-1 JUNE 2002 32 JUNE 2002Contents TC-2 JUNE 2002 33 JUNE 2002

TC-3 JUNE 2002 34 JUNE 2002TC-4 JUNE 2002 35 JUNE 2002TC-5 JUNE 2002 36 JUNE 2002TC-6 JUNE 2002 37 JUNE 2002TC-7 JUNE 2002 38 JUNE 2002TC-3 JUNE 2002 39 JUNE 2002TC-4 JUNE 2002 40 JUNE 2002TC-5 JUNE 2002 41 JUNE 2002TC-6 JUNE 2002 42 JUNE 2002TC-8 JUNE 2002 43 JUNE 2002TC-9 JUNE 2002 44 JUNE 2002TC-10 JUNE 2002 45 JUNE 2002

46 JUNE 2002Introduction INTRO-1 JUNE 2002

INTRO-2 JUNE 2002 Testing 1001 JUNE 2002and Fault 1002 JUNE 2002

Description 1 JUNE 2002 Isolation 1003 JUNE 2002and 2 JUNE 2002 1004 JUNE 2002Operation 3 JUNE 2002 1005 JUNE 2002

4 JUNE 2002 1006 JUNE 20025 JUNE 2002 1007 JUNE 20026 JUNE 2002 1008 JUNE 20027 JUNE 2002 1009 JUNE 20028 JUNE 2002 1010 JUNE 20029 JUNE 2002 1011 JUNE 200210 JUNE 2002 1012 JUNE 200211 JUNE 2002 1013 JUNE 200212 JUNE 2002 1014 JUNE 2002

F 13 JUNE 2002 1015 JUNE 2002F 14 JUNE 2002 1016 JUNE 2002

* INDICATES PAGES REVISED, ADDED OR DELETED IN LATEST REVISIONF INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES - PRINT ON ONE SIDE ONLY


Page LEP-2June/2002 34-40-11



1017 JUNE 2002 1069 JUNE 20021018 JUNE 2002 1070 JUNE 20021019 JUNE 2002 1071 JUNE 20021020 JUNE 2002 1072 JUNE 20021021 JUNE 2002 1073 JUNE 20021022 JUNE 2002 1074 JUNE 20021023 JUNE 2002 1075 JUNE 20021024 JUNE 2002 1076 JUNE 20021025 JUNE 2002 1077 JUNE 20021026 JUNE 2002 1078 JUNE 20021027 JUNE 2002 1079 JUNE 20021028 JUNE 2002 1080 JUNE 20021029 JUNE 2002 1081 JUNE 20021030 JUNE 2002 1082 JUNE 20021031 JUNE 2002 1083 JUNE 20021032 JUNE 2002 1084 JUNE 20021033 JUNE 2002 1085 JUNE 20021034 JUNE 2002 1086 JUNE 20021035 JUNE 2002 1087 JUNE 20021036 JUNE 2002 1088 JUNE 20021037 JUNE 2002 1089 JUNE 20021038 JUNE 2002 1090 JUNE 20021039 JUNE 2002 1091 JUNE 20021040 JUNE 2002 1092 JUNE 20021041 JUNE 2002 1093 JUNE 20021042 JUNE 2002 1094 JUNE 20021043 JUNE 2002 1095 JUNE 20021044 JUNE 2002 1096 JUNE 20021045 JUNE 2002 1097 JUNE 20021046 JUNE 2002 1098 JUNE 20021047 JUNE 2002 1099 JUNE 20021048 JUNE 2002 1100 JUNE 20021049 JUNE 2002 1101 JUNE 20021050 JUNE 2002 1102 JUNE 20021051 JUNE 2002 1103 JUNE 20021052 JUNE 2002 1104 JUNE 20021053 JUNE 2002 1105 JUNE 20021054 JUNE 2002 1106 JUNE 20021055 JUNE 20021056 JUNE 2002 Schematic 2001 JUNE 20021057 JUNE 2002 Diagrams 2002 JUNE 20021058 JUNE 2002 2003 JUNE 20021059 JUNE 2002 2004 JUNE 20021060 JUNE 2002 2005 JUNE 20021061 JUNE 2002 2006 JUNE 20021062 JUNE 2002 F 2007 JUNE 20021063 JUNE 2002 F 2008 JUNE 20021064 JUNE 2002 F 2009 JUNE 20021065 JUNE 2002 F 2010 JUNE 20021066 JUNE 2002 F 2011 JUNE 20021067 JUNE 2002 F 2012 JUNE 20021068 JUNE 2002 F 2013 JUNE 2002



Page LEP-3June/200234-40-11



F 2014 JUNE 2002 F 2067 JUNE 2002F 2015 JUNE 2002 F 2068 JUNE 2002F 2016 JUNE 2002 F 2069 JUNE 2002F 2017 JUNE 2002 F 2070 JUNE 2002F 2018 JUNE 2002 F 2071 JUNE 2002F 2019 JUNE 2002 F 2072 JUNE 2002F 2020 JUNE 2002 F 2073 JUNE 2002F 2021 JUNE 2002 F 2074 JUNE 2002F 2022 JUNE 2002 F 2075 JUNE 2002F 2023 JUNE 2002 F 2076 JUNE 2002F 2024 JUNE 2002F 2025 JUNE 2002 Disassembly 3001 JUNE 2002F 2026 JUNE 2002 3002 JUNE 2002F 2027 JUNE 2002 3003 JUNE 2002F 2028 JUNE 2002 3004 JUNE 2002F 2029 JUNE 2002F 2030 JUNE 2002 Cleaning 4001 JUNE 2002F 2031 JUNE 2002 4002 JUNE 2002F 2032 JUNE 2002 4003 JUNE 2002F 2033 JUNE 2002 4004 JUNE 2002F 2034 JUNE 2002F 2035 JUNE 2002 Check 5001 JUNE 2002F 2036 JUNE 2002 5002 JUNE 2002F 2037 JUNE 2002F 2038 JUNE 2002 Repair 6001 JUNE 2002F 2039 JUNE 2002 6002 JUNE 2002F 2040 JUNE 2002 6003 JUNE 2002F 2041 JUNE 2002 6004 JUNE 2002F 2042 JUNE 2002 6005 JUNE 2002F 2043 JUNE 2002 6006 JUNE 2002F 2044 JUNE 2002F 2045 JUNE 2002 Assembly 7001 JUNE 2002F 2046 JUNE 2002 7002 JUNE 2002F 2047 JUNE 2002 7003 JUNE 2002F 2048 JUNE 2002 7004 JUNE 2002F 2049 JUNE 2002 7005 JUNE 2002F 2050 JUNE 2002 7006 JUNE 2002F 2051 JUNE 2002F 2052 JUNE 2002 Special 9001 JUNE 2002F 2053 JUNE 2002 9002 JUNE 2002F 2054 JUNE 2002 F 9003 JUNE 2002F 2055 JUNE 2002 F 9004 JUNE 2002F 2056 JUNE 2002F 2057 JUNE 2002 Illustrated 10001 JUNE 2002F 2058 JUNE 2002 Parts List 10002 JUNE 2002F 2059 JUNE 2002 10003 JUNE 2002F 2060 JUNE 2002 10004 JUNE 2002F 2061 JUNE 2002 F 10005 JUNE 2002F 2062 JUNE 2002 F 10006 JUNE 2002F 2063 JUNE 2002 F 10007 JUNE 2002F 2064 JUNE 2002 F 10008 JUNE 2002F 2065 JUNE 2002 10009 JUNE 2002F 2066 JUNE 2002 10010 JUNE 2002



Page LEP-4June/2002 34-40-11



10011 JUNE 2002 10052 JUNE 200210012 JUNE 2002 10053 JUNE 200210013 JUNE 2002 10054 JUNE 200210014 JUNE 2002 10055 JUNE 200210015 JUNE 2002 10056 JUNE 200210016 JUNE 2002 10057 JUNE 2002

F 10017 JUNE 2002 10058 JUNE 2002F 10018 JUNE 2002 F 10059 JUNE 2002F 10019 JUNE 2002 F 10060 JUNE 2002F 10020 JUNE 2002 10061 JUNE 2002F 10021 JUNE 2002 10062 JUNE 2002F 10022 JUNE 2002 F 10063 JUNE 2002F 10023 JUNE 2002 F 10064 JUNE 2002F 10024 JUNE 2002 F 10065 JUNE 2002

10025 JUNE 2002 F 10066 JUNE 200210026 JUNE 2002 10067 JUNE 200210027 JUNE 2002 10068 JUNE 200210028 JUNE 2002 F 10069 JUNE 200210029 JUNE 2002 F 10070 JUNE 200210030 JUNE 2002 10071 JUNE 200210031 JUNE 2002 10072 JUNE 200210032 JUNE 2002 F 10073 JUNE 2002

F 10033 JUNE 2002 F 10074 JUNE 2002F 10034 JUNE 2002 10075 JUNE 2002F 10035 JUNE 2002 10076 JUNE 2002F 10036 JUNE 2002 F 10077 JUNE 2002F 10037 JUNE 2002 F 10078 JUNE 2002F 10038 JUNE 2002 10079 JUNE 2002F 10039 JUNE 2002 10080 JUNE 2002F 10040 JUNE 2002 F 10081 JUNE 2002

10041 JUNE 2002 F 10082 JUNE 200210042 JUNE 2002 10083 JUNE 200210043 JUNE 2002 10084 JUNE 200210044 JUNE 2002 F 10085 JUNE 200210045 JUNE 2002 F 10086 JUNE 200210046 JUNE 2002 10087 JUNE 200210047 JUNE 2002 10088 JUNE 200210048 JUNE 2002 F 10089 JUNE 200210049 JUNE 2002 F 10090 JUNE 200210050 JUNE 2002 10091 JUNE 200210051 JUNE 2002 10092 JUNE 2002



TC-1June/200234-40-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

Paragraph/Title Page

1. ......General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

A. ....Purpose of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

B. .....Equipment Part Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

C. .....Related Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2. ......Configurations Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

3. ......Leading Particulars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

A. .....ART 2000 Color Weather Radar Receiver/Transmitter 3

B. .....Environmental Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

4. ......Brief Description of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

A. .....Mechanical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

B. .....Electrical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

5. ......Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

A. .....Block Diagram Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

B. .....Detailed Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Figure/Title Page

1. ......ART 2000 Color Weather Radar Receiver/Transmitter . . . . 1

2. ......ART 2000 Leading Particulars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

3. ......DO-160C Environmental Certification Categories. . . . . . . . 5

4. ......ART 2000 PC Board and Assembly Designations . . . . . . . . 6

5. ......ART 2000 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17/18


TC-2June/2002 34-40-11

TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION


1. ......General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001

2. ......Test Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001

3. ......Functional Test Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001

A. .....General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001

B. .....Initial Test Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002

C. .....Return To Service Test Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002

D. .....Return To Service Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004

4. ......Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

5. ......Alignment Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087

A. .....General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087

B. .....Pre-alignment Set-up Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087

C. .....Magnetron Current Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087

D. .....Video If Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088

E. .....Receiver Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1089

F.......AFC Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090

G. .....Detector Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090

6. ......Retest Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091

7. ......Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091

Figure/Title Page

1001 .Typical Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001

1002 .STC With 10 Inch Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006

1003 .STC With 12 Inch Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006

1004 .Normal Microprocessor and FPGA Turn-on . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012


TC-3June/200234-40-11

TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION (Cont’d)

Paragraph/Title PAGE

1005 .FPGA’s Programmed Correctly but µprocessor Inoperative 1013

1006 .Start Sync of 453 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1014

1007 .Stop Sync of 453 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015

1008 .Data Packet of 453 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016

1009 .Received 429 Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017

1010 .Discriminator Input to the Discriminator A/D . . . . . . . . . . . 1020

1011 .Discriminator Input to the Discriminator A/D . . . . . . . . . . . 1021

1012 .STC Curve and Manual Gain for Weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022

1013 .STC Curve and Manual Gain for Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023

1014 .STC Curve/Manual Gain for Weather (Multiple Mag Fires) 1024

1015 .Weather Compensation Bit 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025

1016 .Extended STC Bit 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026

1017 .Compensated Weather Data Bit 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1027

1018 .Weather RAM Address 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028

1019 .Radial Data Transfer from WX_RAM to 453_RAM . . . . . . 1029

1020 .Reference, Pitch, and Roll Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030

1021 .Reference, Pitch, and Roll Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031

1022 .Pitch Hall Sensor to MUX A/D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032

1023 .Azimuth Hall Sensor to MUX A/D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1033

1024 .Normal Operation of the +5 Vdc Pulse Width Modulator . . 1035

1025 .Normal Operation of the +9.3 Vdc Pulse Width Modulator. 1036

1026 .Normal Operation of the -15 Vdc Flyback Winding . . . . . . 1037

1027 .MAG_FIRE_OUT Pulse From Logic Board . . . . . . . . . . . . 1041

1028 .Long Pulse Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042


TC-4June/2002 34-40-11


Figure/Title Page

1029 .Mag Fire Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043

1030 .Modulator Switch Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1044

1031 .Modulator Switch FET Gate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045

1032 .Modulator Transformer Primary Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046

1033 .Normal Signal Junction L9-CR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1047

1034 .Normal Signal at Overvoltage Control Freq. Comp.Port . . . 1048

1035 .Normal Signal at Oscillator Port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049

1036 .Normal Signal from Output of the HV P/S PWM Control. . 1050

1037 .Normal Flyback Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051

1038 .Normal Output Voltage from HVPS Transformer Secondary1054

1039 .Normal Signal Due to Flyback Primary Current . . . . . . . . . 1059

1040 .Current Loop Magnetron Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056

1041 .Magnetron Current Sense Delay Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1057

1042 .Magnetron Current Sense Gate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058

1043 .Amplified Magnetron Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059

1044 .Missing Pulse Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060

1045 .Pulse Height Control Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1061

1046 .Junction R14-C12/R14 Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064

1047 .Q4 Drain/CR4 Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065

1048 .T2 Primary Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066

1049 .FPGA Done Programming Normal Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067

1050 .1.025 MHz FPGA Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1070

1051 .Azimuth Current Limit Sine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1071

1052 .Azimuth Current Limit Cosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1072


TC-5June/200234-40-11


Figure/Title Page

1053 .Elevation Current Limit Sine (VP Mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1073

1054 .Elevation Current Limit Cosine (VP Mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1074

1055 .Azimuth Current Sense Sine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1075

1056 .Azimuth Current Sense Cosine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076

1057 .Elevation Current Sense Sine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077

1058 .Elevation Current Sense Cosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1078

1059 .Azimuth Current Reset (Sine). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1079

1060 .Azimuth Current Reset (Cosine). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080

1061 .Elevation Current Reset (Sine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081

1062 .Elevation Current Reset (Cosine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082

DISASSEMBLY


1. ......General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3001

2. ......Recommended Disassembly Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3001

A. .....Bottom Cover Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3001

B. .....Logic Board Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3001

C. .....Power Supply Board Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3002

D. .....Receiver Module Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3003

E. .....Preamp Board Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3003

F.......Magnetron Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3003

G. .....Scan Motor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3004

H. .....Tilt Motor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3004


TC-6June/2002 34-40-11

CLEANING

Figure/Title Page

1. ......General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4001

2. ......Recommended Cleaning Agents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4001

3. ......Recommended Cleaning Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4001

A. .....Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4001

B. .....Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4002

CHECK

Figure/Title Page

1. ......General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5001

2. ......Inspection Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5001

A. .....Dust Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5001

B. .....Front Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5001

C. .....Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5001

D. .....Hardware, Covers, and Shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5001

E. .....Circuit Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5001

F.......Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5001

G. .....Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5001

H. .....Terminal Connections Soldered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5002

I........Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5002

J. ......Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5002

K. .....Resistors and Diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5002

L. .....Filters and Inductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5002

M. ....Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5002

N. .....Transistors and Integrated Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5002


TC-7June/200234-40-11

CHECK (Continued)

Figure/Title Page

O. .....Rotary Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5002

P.......Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5002

REPAIR

Figure/Title Page

1. ......General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6001

2. ......Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6001

A. .....Repair Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6001

B. .....Electrostatic Sensitive Devices (ESDS) Protection. . . . 6002

C. .....PC Board, Two-Lead Component Removal . . . . . . . . . 6004

D. .....PC Board, Multi-Lead Component Removal (ic’s etc.) 6005

E. .....Replacement of Power Transistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6005

F.......Replacement of P.C. Board protective coating . . . . . . . 6005

G. .....Programmable Read Only Memory Replacement. . . . . 6006

ASSEMBLY

Figure/Title Page

1. ......General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7001

2. ......Materials Required For Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7001

3. ......Recommended Reassembly Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7002

A. .....Tilt Motor Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7002

B. .....Scan Motor Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7002

C. .....Magnetron Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7003

D. .....Preamp Board Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7004


TC-8June/2002 34-40-11

ASSEMBLY(Cont’d)

Figure/Title Page

E. .....Receiver Module Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7005

F.......Power Supply Board Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7006

G. .....Logic Board Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7006

H. .....Cover Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7006

Figure/Title Page

7001 .Materials Needed for Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7001

7002 .Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7002

7003 .Magnetron Cable Dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7004

7004 .Magnetron and Preamp Cable Dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7005

SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT

Figure/Title Page

1. ......General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9001

2. ......Equipment Required for Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9001

3. ......Equipment Required for Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9002

4. ......Equipment Required for Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9002

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

Figure/Title Page

1 ......Final Assembly Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10005/10008

2 ......Power Supply/Modulator Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10017/10024

3 ......Logic Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10033/10040

4 ......Scan Motor Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10059/10060

5 ......Gimbal Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10063/10066

6 ......Tilt Motor Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10069/10070


TC-9June/200234-40-11

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST (Continued)

Figure/Title Page

7 ......Magnetron Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10073/10074

8 ......Receiver Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10077/10078

9 .......Preamp Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10081/10082

10 .....Tilt Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10085/10086

11 .....Scan Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10089/10090


TC-10June/2002 34-40-11


INTRO-1June/200234-40-11

INTRODUCTION

This manual contains information and instructions which pro-vide the information necessary to perform maintenance func-tions ranging from simple checks and replacement to complete shop repair. Refer to the Table of Contents for specific sec-tions and page locations.

Technical revisions, when they occur, are indicated by a ver-tical bar in the left margin area on the page, beside the text or illustration that has been changed, added or deleted.

When new material is added to an existing manual point pages may be inserted. When new material is added to existing point pages point-point pages may be added.


INTRO-2June/2002 34-40-11


Page-1June/200234-40-11

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

1. General This section contains information relative to maintenance or repair procedures of Honeywell’s BENDIX/KING ART 2000 Color Weather Radar Receiver/Transmitter, hereafter referred to as the ART 2000, the R/T, or by its full nomenclature. The ART 2000 is shown in figure 1.

ART 2000 Color Weather Radar Receiver/TransmitterFigure 1

A. Purpose of Equipment The ART 2000 is a remote mounted weather avoidance radar receiver/transmitter. It is primarily intended for weather avoidance and ground mapping functions as an aid to navigation.

B. Equipment Part Numbers See paragraph 2. for a listing of available part numbers.


Page-2June/2002 34-40-11

C. Related Publications The following is a list of related publications for the ART 2000 radar receiver/transmitter.

Related PublicationsTable 1

2. Configurations Available The ART 2000 Receiver/Transmitter is available in one configuration. The part number is 071-01519-0101.

3. Leading Particulars A. ART 2000 Color Weather Radar Receiver/Transmitter

Table 2 lists of the technical characteristics pertaining to the ART 2000 receiver/transmitter.

ART 2000 Leading ParticularsTable 2 (Sheet 1)

PUBLICATION HONEYWELL IDENTIFICATION ATA IDENTIFICATION

RDR 2000 Pilot’s Guide 006-08755-0000 N/A

RDR 2000 Radar System Installation Manual

006-00643-0000 N/A

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -55° C to +70°C with antenna

ALTITUDE: 55,000 ft. unpressurized

WEIGHT: 9.9 lbs. (4.49 kg.)

OVERALL DIMENSIONS:

Base: 10.00 in. (25.40 cm)

INPUT POWER REQUIREMENTS: 2.0 amps. at 28 V dc.2.5 amps. at 17 V dc.

RADAR TRANSMITTER:

RF Power Output: 4 kW magnetron peak power3.5 kW typical

Frequency (X-band): 9375 MHz # 30 MHz

Pulse Repetition Freq: 106.5 Hz # 5 Hz

Pulse Width: 4 µsec. nominal (GMAP and WX modes)

Weather Avoidance Range Capability: 279 NM max. with 10" antenna305 NM max. with 12" antenna


Page-3June/200234-40-11

The following are serial digital input labels to the ART 2000:

ART 2000 Leading ParticularsTable 2 (Sheet 2)

RADAR RECEIVER:

Sensitivity: -110 dBm typical.

STC: Effective 0 to 30 NM with 10"antennaEffective 0 to 35 NM with 12" antenna

WEATHER COMPENSATION (Wx mode only): 40 to 240 NM

Extended STC: Effective 40 to 240 NM.

Variable Gain: 0 to -20 dB

STABILIZATION REQUIREMENTS:

Reference: 400 - 5000 Hz

Inputs: 26 Vrms, 400 Hz Sine Wave115 Vrms, 400 Hz Sine Wave20 Vp-p, 400 Hz Sine Wave20 Vp-p, 400 Hz Square Wave10.7 Vp-p, 400 Hz Square Wave28 Vp-p, 5 kHz Square WaveARINC 429

Pitch and Roll Scaling: 30mV to 220mV/degree, 400 Hz or 5000 HzPitch HI in phase with gyro exc. on .pitch up.Roll HI in phase with gyro exc. on right roll.

STABILIZATION RATE: 25°/sec. (pitch and roll)

SCAN ANGLE: 90° or 100° (configurable)

SCAN PHYSICAL RADIUS: 10 in. antenna (vert. polarized) - 5.31 in.10 in. antenna (horiz. polarized) - 5.22 in.12 in. antenna (vert. polarized) - 6.28 in.12 in. antenna (horiz. polarized) - 6.20 in.

SCAN RATE: 25°/sec.

VERTICAL PROFILE: ± 30°

TILT ANGLE: ± 15°

PERFORMANCE INDEX:

10” Antenna: 209.9 dB # 2.5 dB

12” Antenna: 212.7 dB # 2.5 dB

LABEL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN LABEL FORMAT SPEED203 Altitude BNR Low Speed204 Baro Corrected Altitude BNR Low Speed270 Radar Control Word #1 DSC Low Speed271 Radar Control Word #2 DSC Low Speed273 Vertical Profile Control Word DSC Low Speed275 RDR Control Word #3 DSC Low Speed276 Radar Control Panel Control Word DSC Low Speed324 Pitch Angle DSC Low Speed325 Roll Angle BNR High Speed177 Time/Temperature Recorder Data Request BNR High Speed


Page-4June/2002 34-40-11

The following are serial digital outputs from the ART 2000:

ART 2000 Serial Digital OutputsTable 3

B.Environmental Certification

The ART 2000 Color Weather Radar Receiver/Transmitter meets the environmental conditions of the Radio Technical Commision for Aeronautics (RTCA) document number DO-160C, “Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airline Electronic/Electrical Equipment and Instruments”. Figure 2 details the environmental certification categories.

DO-160C Environmental Certification CategoriesFigure 2

LABEL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN LABEL

FORMAT SPEED

177 Time/Temperature Recorder Data


Page-5June/200234-40-11

4. Brief Description of Equipment A. Mechanical Description

The ART 2000 consists of a radar receiver and a radar transmitter (with applicable antenna) constructed as a single unit with a single mounting facility. A configuration module (P/N 071-00097-0000) is an integral part of the ART 2000, but is not attached to it. See the installation manual (P/N 006-00643-00XX) for more information on the Configuration Module. The RDR 2000 system provides for radar stabilization input for combined pitch, roll and tilt angles of up to #30°. In the Vertical Profile mode, the antenna stabilization only responds to pitch inputs.The antenna array is attached to the microwave assembly on the ART 2000 and the two are moved together as the radar scans. The base of the ART 2000 contains the receiver and all processing and control circuits.

The antenna scan angle can be configured for a 90° or a 100° scan.Upon installation, the system can be configured to include a Target Alert feature. In this configuration, if the ART detects a red intensity target with a minimum size of 2 NM in range and 2° in azimuth that is beyond 80 NM and the selected range is 80 NM or less, two red arcs separated by a black arc are displayed at the top of the display centered on the aircraft heading.Table 4 lists the assemblies found in the ART 2000 along with their respective designator number series and connector designators.

ART 2000 PC Board and Assembly DesignationsTable 4

PC BOARD OR ASSEMBLY

HONEYWELL PART NUMBER

REFERENCE SERIES

CONNECTORS

Azimuth Motor Assy. 200-05174-0000 N/A P4002Azimuth Sensor Assy. 200-05313-0000 N/A P5006Gimbal Assy. 200-05175-0000 N/A N/APitch Motor Assy. 200-05173-0000 N/A P4003Tilt Sensor Assy. 200-05554-0000 N/A P5005Receiver Assy. 200-05553-0000 N/A N/APreamp Board 200-08545-0000 1000 J1002Magnetron Assy. 200-05310-0000 N/A N/APower Supply/Modula-tor Board

200-08548-0000 4000 J4001, J4002, J4003

Logic Board 200-08549-0000 5000 J5001, J5002, J5003, J5004, J5005, J5006, J5502


Page-6June/2002 34-40-11

B. Electrical Description The ART 2000 can accommodate up to three ARINC 429 control inputs, however, only two can be actively controlling the system at one time and display #3 must be EFIS 40/50 software level 9 or higher. It can also output information to a maximum of three displays by using SDI bits on the ARINC 453 bus.The control/display unit used enables selection of basic weather, ground mapping and self-test functions. Also, image display optimization is made possible by the use of controls for range selection, display intensity and antenna tilt angle. All these functions are multiplexed on the ARINC 429 control bus. Alphanumerics are displayed on-screen for selected mode of operation and the selected range along with the interval (nautical miles) between the displayed range rings. All controls for the system are mounted on the perimeter of the IN 182A screen. In EFIS installations, the radar is controlled through the Radar Control Panel.

5. Theory of Operation A. Block Diagram Theory

The following is a list of abbreviations and what they mean. These abbreviations will be used throughout the theory of operation discussion. Refer to figure 2 for the following discussion.

AbbreviationsTable 5

TERM DEFINITION

agc Automatic Gain Control

afc Automatic Frequency Control

dac Digital to Analog Converter

a/d Analog to Digital Converter

eprom Electrically Programmable Read Only Memory

FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array

if Intermediate Frequency (59 MHz)

HDC High During Configuration

lsb Least Significant Bit

msb Most Significant Bit

MMIC Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit

pwm Pulse Width Modulation

stc Sensitivity Time Control

estc Extended Sensitivity Time Control


Page-7June/200234-40-11

(1) Low Voltage Power Supply The low voltage power supply receives unfiltered 27.5 V dc from the aircraft bus and provide several voltages necessary to operate the unit. The low voltage power supply consists of the following parts - a hash filter to remove unwanted noise and spikes from the air craft power bus, a low voltage power supply, and a timer circuit to hold the power supply on for a fixed amount of time after the unit is turn off. This time out is necessary so that the antenna is parked in the down position when the unit is turned off.The low voltage outputs from the power supply consists of filtered 27.5 V, +5 V, +15 V, -15 V, +24 V, and +9.3 V.

(2) Transmitter The transmitter portion of the radar consists of a high voltage power supply, pulse transformer, magnetron, magnetron isolator, circulator, harmonic filter and the antenna.The high voltage power supply and the pulse transformer provide the magnetron with a pulse of 3600 volts at 3 amps for 4 µsec. The timing of the 4 µsec pulse is generated by the pulse timing circuit on the logic board. Once the 4000 Watt magnetron fires, the rf pulse passes through a magnetron isolator of 20 dB. This isolator is necessary to protect the magnetron from being pulled in the case of a bad VSWR from either the antenna or radome. From the magnetron isolator the rf pulse then passes through the three port circulator. This circulator allows the magnetron energy to pass through to the antenna and not on to the receiver. This circulator has a 20 dB reverse isolation.From the three port circulator, the rf pulse then passes through the harmonic filter. This filter is a low pass filter with a break point of approximately 12 GHz. This filter is necessary to reduce the power in the second harmonic of the magnetron in order to pass radiated harmonic specifications. The rf pulse is then radiated by the antenna into the atmosphere with a gain of either 26.0 dBi (10 inch) or 27.8 dBi (12 inch).

(3) Receiver The rf pulse travels from the antenna at a rate approximately equal to the speed of light to a weather target and then is reflected back to the antenna. The antenna provides a gain to the received energy of either 26.0 dBi (10 inch) or 27.8 dBi (12 inch).The received energy from the antenna is then passed through the harmonic filter into the three port circulator. The three port circulator prevents the received energy from passing towards the magnetron and allow the energy to pass to the receiver. From the three port circulator, the received energy passes through the diode limiter.The diode limiter is used to protect the receiver from the high amount of energy produced by the magnetron. Although the three port circulator provides 20 dB of isolation to the receiver from the magnetron, there is still a very large amount of energy which is allowed to pass. The diode limiter is self biasing when a large amount of energy enters the input port. The limiter is then biased on and allows only 600 mW of power out the output port. The received signal is of low enough energy level to prevent self biasing of the limiter.


Page-8June/2002 34-40-11

Once the received signal passes through the limiter, it is then passed on to the receiver module. The receiver module consists of a low noise amplifier, mixer, local oscillator and a unity gain buffer. The total gain of the receiver module is 5 dB with a noise figure of 4.5 dB. The received signal is amplified, mixed, and the buffered 59 MHz if is then sent onto the preamp. The control of the local oscillator will be further discussed in the Automatic Frequency Control section, paragraph 5.B.(3)(f) of the detailed theory of operation.

The pre-amplifier consists of a one stage amplifier with a gain of 30 dB with a noise figure of 3 dB and a temperature sensor (temp sensor 2). This temperature sensor is used for all receiver calibration operations.

From the pre-amplifier the received signal is then passed to the if section of the logic board. The if consists of a 800 kHz band pass filter, two stage of gain, an active detector, a selectable low pass filter of either 125 kHz or 250 kHz, and a video amplifier. Also in the if section of the logic board is the afc sample amplifier which is used to supply a strong signal to the afc circuit during the time the magnetron is firing.

The two stages of gain in the if section is used to control the calibration and noise level of the receiver. The first stage of amplification is the Sensitivity Timing Control (stc) and the Automatic Gain Control (agc) will vary from 35 dB of gain to -5 dB of gain. The stc is used to calibrate the receiver to account for the two way loss of energy through the atmosphere. This gain level will vary with time starting with the magnetron fire and ending at either 30 NM (10" antenna) or 35 NM (12" antenna). Once the stc time is complete, the final gain level will be the agc gain. The second amplifier is the Manual Gain control. The gain of this amplifier will vary from approximately 30 dB to 10 dB depending upon the gain setting selected by the pilot.

After the received signal is amplified to a calibrated level, it is then detected by an active detector with a gain of 20 dB. From the detector, the signal is once again filtered by an selectable low pass filter. This filter is normally 250 kHz at the 3 dB break point, but on the 320 NM range (ART 2100 only), the filter is switched to the 125 kHz low pass filter. This switching of filters increases the receivers performance by reducing the noise of the signal by 3 dB. From the low pass filter, the signal is buffered through a unity gain amplifier and passed on to the 8 bit video a/d.

(4) Automatic Frequency Control The Automatic Frequency Control (afc) is used to control the frequency of the local oscillator in the receiver module. The local oscillator is mixed with the received signal and a 59 MHz if frequency is produced. In order for the 59 MHz if frequency to remain at 59 MHz, the afc circuit must adjust the local oscillator periodically to correct for magnetron frequency drift. The afc circuitry consists of three basic parts - the frequency sample circuit, the microprocessor, and the local oscillator voltage drive circuit.


Page-9June/200234-40-11

During the magnetron fire, a small amount of energy is allowed to pass into the receiver and is mixed with the local oscillator. The if signal is then amplified by the preamp and sent on to the if section of the logic board. In the Intermediate Frequency (if), the afc amplifier increases the magnetron frequency sample to a level which activates the discriminator circuit. The output from the discriminator circuit is then passed on to a unity gain amplifier to the discriminator a/d. Eight samples from the discriminator a/d are saved in the stc ram and recalled by the microprocessor for afc control.

The microprocessor reads the eight samples from the stc ram and determines if the if frequency is either too high, too low or on frequency. If the local oscillator is off by a large amount either high or low, then the microprocessor drives the local oscillator at large frequency steps. Once the if is within a pre-determined range from desired, then the microprocessor drives the local oscillator by smaller frequency steps.

The local oscillator drive circuitry consists of three 8 bit d/a converters. The output from these three d/a converters is summed together and sent to the receiver as the LO drive. The three d/a converters consist of the course, fine and offset. The course sets up the nominal bias for the fine and offset and have a range of approximately 24 volts. The offset is adjusted by the microprocessor in the afc software procedure. The offset is also controlled by the microprocessor and accounts for the frequency pulling of the local oscillator by the magnetron.

(5) Weather Data Accumulator and 453 Transmitter

The weather data accumulator circuit consists of the following - video a/d, WX rom, weather compensation and extended stc control circuit, WX ram, radial sum circuit, 453 ram, and the 453 serial data transmitter.

The digitized video from the 8 bit video a/d is passed onto the lower 8 address bits of the WX rom. The next 6 address bits of the WX rom are used for weather compensation control. The final 4 address bits of the WX rom are used for extended stc. The output from the WX rom is an 8 bit video value adjusted for weather compensation and extended stc.

The weather compensation LSB is equivalent to 1 dB of signal attenuation due to intervening weather. The maximum amount of weather compensation is 32 dB of compensation. The extended stc increases the level of the returned signal by 10 dB at a linear rate from 40 NM to 240 NM. The extended stc provides additional stc range, but not at a true calibration rate.

The compensated video from the WX rom is then clocked into the WX ram at the range clock rate. The WX ram consists of 32 pages. Each page holds 256 bytes of compensated video from one radial for a total of 32 radials. At approximately 4 msec. after the magnetron fire, the radial summation starts. The radial summation sums all 32 radials and then divide the sum by 32 to obtain an average compensated video.


Page-10June/2002 34-40-11

The 453 data format consists of 1600 bits of data. Bits 0 to 63 consist of control data and bits 64 through 1600 consists of radial information. At the appropriate time, the microprocessor sends the first 64 bits of control data to the 453 ram.

The average compensated video is transferred to the 453 ram at approximately 5 msec. after the magnetron fire. During the transfer, the 8 bit average compensated video is converted to a 3 bit color level. Due to the nature of the 453 data format, 512 bins (3 bit color value) of radial information is sent during one transmission. Since only 256 bins of radial information have been collected, the 3 bit color value is repeated to give a total of 512 bins of information.

Once the data has been sent to the 453 ram, the microprocessor then sends a request to the 453 transmitter to start transmitting data to the indicator. The data format of the 453 data transmission follows the modified ARINC 708 data spec with compatibility to the RDS series radars. See paragraph 5.B.(4) for more information on the 453 word.

(6) Logic and Control The logic and control section consists of the microprocessor and it’s support circuits and the 429 data receivers. The microprocessor is a Zilog Z8400 and is configured in an memory mapped I/O configuration.

The microprocessor and it’s support circuits consist of the microprocessor, 2 Meg of rom, 12K of ram, 2K of eeprom, a reset and watchdog chip, a crystal oscillator, four discrete 8-bit output ports, five discrete 8-bit input ports and a 16 input a/d port. The eeprom stores data such as elapsed time of unit operation, faults, temperature of the unit when the fault occurred, time when the unit failed, history of unit failure and temperature calibration data.

The four discrete 8-bit outputs are divided into the mode control port, the machine cycle port, the configuration module port, and a general purpose port. The first 8 bit input ports read unit input discretes, such as R/T on/off from indicators. The second 8 bit input port is used as an R/T configuration port. This port provides inputs for configuration such as 10" or 12" antennas, transmit disable, scan disable, and several factory calibration switches. The third 8 bit input port is used for factory calibration and gyro sign bits. The forth 8 bit input port is used for the configuration module. The fifth 8 bit input port is used for altitude input (ART 2100 only).

Three of the five 429 receivers provide the microprocessor with control data from each controller/indicator. The fourth 429 receiver receives data from the pitch and roll gyro if the unit is configured to receive gyro data from the 429 receiver and not the analog ports. The fifth 429 receiver receives altitude data (ART 2100 only). There is one 429 transmitter, but it is used for test purposes only.


Page-11June/200234-40-11

The configuration module is mounted external to the ART unit and remains with the aircraft when an ART is replaced on the aircraft. This configuration module stores the gain settings for the analog gyro, ART configuration and the type of indicator/controller for that particular aircraft. This is saved so that when an ART is replaced on an aircraft, the need to re-align the gyro and re-configure the ART is eliminated. If the ART system is being installed for the first time, then a gyro alignment and equipment configuration is necessary.

(7) Gyro and Antenna Stabilization The gyro and antenna stabilization circuit consists of three parts - the analog gyro inputs, the azimuth and tilt motor drive circuits, and the Hall effect sensors.

The analog gyro inputs consist of the 400 Hz reference, pitch, and roll. There are numerous gyro systems which the ART must interface to. Each of these systems have varying parameters from aircraft to aircraft. The gyro reference input can vary from 10 Vrms to 115 Vrms. The gyro reference input therefore has a switchable gain amplifier so that the same level of reference voltage may be applied to the detector circuit. The pitch and roll inputs are applied to fixed gain amplifiers and then detected. The detected outputs from the three signals are then integrated and multiplexed to a programmable amplifier. The gain values for the programmable amplifier are stored in the configuration module and applied to the amplifier when the appropriate input is selected.

The pitch and roll data is multiplexed by the microprocessor to the a/d converter and then read by the microprocessor. The pitch and roll data is then used to calculate the appropriate tilt of the antenna in accordance with the current azimuth setting. Once the tilt angle has been calculated, then the microprocessor determines if the tilt of the antenna should be increased or decreased from it’s current setting. The microprocessor, in a fixed interrupt time, instructs the azimuth drive circuit and the pitch drive circuit to step their motors.

The azimuth motor drive circuit and the tilt motor drive circuit are located on the power supply/modulator/motor drive board due to the heat generated by the driver circuit. These drivers receive commands from the microprocessor to either step the motors up or down or not to step the motor at all. The azimuth and pitch motors are stepper motors and step the antenna in 0.05 degree steps.

The two Hall effect sensor are used to determine the position of the antenna in both the tilt and azimuth axis. The input voltage from the Hall effect devices is then multiplexed to the 16 input a/d.


Page-12June/2002 34-40-11


Page 13June/200234-40-11

Figure 2ART 2000 Block Diagram


Page 15June/200234-40-11

B. Detailed Theory

Refer to the appropriate schematics in the testing sec-tion beginning on page 101 of this manual.

(1) Low-Voltage Power Supply

The Low-Voltage Power Supply provides the following voltages and approximate currents:

(a) ON_OFF and Antenna Stow Timer

To apply power to the ART 2000, the ON/OFF line P4001-14 is grounded, which causes Q4021 and Q4023 to conduct. When Q4021 pulls the gate of Q4018 low, aircraft power is applied to the power supply. As +5 V dc is applied to the Power OFF Antenna Stow Timer, Q4023 is now on which turns Q4015 and Q4022 on. Q4015 lowers the voltage at the not_clear input putting U4020 in the clear state and inhibits opera-tion of the 15 sec. timer. The collector of Q4022 is low placing U4008 in preset. When the Q output of flip-flop U4008 is high, Q4019 is turned on in parallel with Q4021. The power supply is now in the ON state and remains un-changed during normal operation.

When P4001-14, the ON/OFF line, is ungrounded and allowed to go high (turned OFF) the emit-ter of Q4021 goes high and the collector of Q4023 goes low. Q4018 remains on because Q4019 remains on for 15 sec. as long as the ’Q’ out-put of U4008 is high.

Voltage Current Wattage

+5 Vdc .75 amps 3.7 watts


-15 Vdc .08 amps 1.3 watts


+9.3 Vdc .55 amps 5.2 watts

+28 Vdc Filtered

Table 6Low Voltage Power Supply Outputs


Page 16June/2002 34-40-11

Q4015 is off which removes the ’clear’ input and the 15 sec. antenna stow timer begins to charge C4054 toward the trip point of the monostable U4020. Q4022 is now off allowing the monostable circuit of U4020 to time out and trigger U4008, which is no longer held in ’pre-set’. When the 15 seconds times out, the ’Q’ output of U4008 goes low turning off Q4019, which turns off Q4018 removing Aircraft power from the power supply.

C4053, C4056, C4057 and CR4021 are used for the correct timing to assure proper turn on and off sequence.

(b) Input Overvoltage

The overvoltage sensor, CR4022 doesn’t conduct unless the aircraft power buss exceeds +36 V. When CR4022 conducts, Q4017 conducts causing Q4018 to turn off and remain off for the dura-tion of the transient. When the transient is removed, CR4022 no longer conducts and Q4018 is restored to normal operation. CR4039 is a polarity diode for protection from negative transients as well as accidental reversing of input power polarity. Incorrect power supply polarity will blow fuse F4001.

(c) Switching Regulators

Switching Regulators U4005 and U4006 are used for +15V, -15V, +5V, +24V and +9.3V. These ic’s are capable of switching 3 amps each. Both are configured as ’Buck Regulators’ oper-ating at 72 kHz. Each ic has an internal ref-erence voltage of 5.05 V dc and an undervoltage lockout. There is thermal shutdown and 3 amp overcurrent shutdown built in. A frequency compensating resistor and capacitor are re-quired at pin 5 of each regulator ic. Several voltages are supplied by one regulator by us-ing transformer T4005. Only the 5 Volt output is compared by the feedback loop and compared with the reference voltage and is better reg-ulated than the other voltages. The regula-tors provide 72 kHz pulses to the transformer or inductor which is used to store the energy temporarily.


Page 17June/200234-40-11

When the charging pulse turns off, the current in the primary of the transformer T4005 chang-es direction and the circuit is completed by diode CR4015. The energy stored as flux in the transformer is transferred to the secondary and rectified by the diodes for each supply voltage. The +24 Volt supply is derived from the 15 Volt transformer winding by a voltage doubling rectifier CR4025 and CR4026 with C4063 and C40064. At each cycle, the 5 Volt supply is sampled and compared to the refer-ence in U4005 and the pulse width is changed to correct the output voltage. The 9.3 Volt supply using U4006 is similar but has only one output voltage and an inductor L4001 is used for energy storage. C4030, C4042, C4073 and C4074 store energy for the switching regula-tors and, with L4004, decouple the switching spikes from the aircraft bus and reduce RFI emissions.

The worst case failure mode for Buck regula-tors is a ’dead short’ which allows the air-craft power to pass through unimpeded. An ov-ervoltage protection circuit prevents damage should regulator failure occur.

U4014 monitors the +5 V dc and U4015 the +9.3 V dc. If either of these overvoltage monitors senses a high voltage condition, SCR Q4020 is turned on which ’crowbars’ the input and blows the fuse.

(d) Temperature Sensor

A temperature sensor is included to measure the internal temperature of the unit. The sen-sor (U4017) is an LM335 ic that behaves like a zener diode with output voltage that is lin-early proportional to absolute temperature. The output is summed with a temperature stable offset voltage from reference U4019. Amplifi-er U4018A is a high impedance differential am-plifier that buffers and provides dc offset for the sensor signal. U4018B is the scaling amplifier that provides a linear .5 to 5 Volt signal for TEMP_SENSOR_1 (J4001-28)and TP4009 corresponding to -550 to +1250 C. This dc sig-nal is sent to the logic board (J4001-28) where it is converted to digital form for use by the microprocessor for adjusting gains.


Page 18June/2002 34-40-11

(2) Transmitter

(a) High-Voltage Power Supply

A flyback power supply provides the 250 to 350 V dc for the magnetron pulse modulator. U4001 is a pulse width controller ic that determines the oscillating frequency and pulse duration of the flyback power supply circuit. The op-erating frequency is approximately 25 kHz and the pulse width is controlled to provide the required high voltage. Power MOSFET Q4001 is switched by U4001 and provides a pulse of cor-rect width to the flyback transformer T4001. Diode CR4001 rectifies the high voltage which is stored by low loss film capacitors C4011 and C4013. This high-voltage may be read at TP4003 with caution. The multi-purpose resistive di-vider string of R4021, R4028, R4029, R4020, R4015 provides:

• High-voltage bleeder resistor for C4011 and C4013.

• Under-voltage sense to comparator U4002C for fault monitoring.

• Over-voltage sense to comparator U4002D for fault monitoring.

• Over-voltage sense to U4018/Q4028 for lim-iting.

The flyback operation is inhibited (pin 1 of U4001 low):

• During the one minute start-up period.• When HV_ENABLE is at logic 1 by microproces-

sor control.• On over-voltage condition sensed at R4021.When MOSFET Q4004 turns on for 4 µsec. to cre-ate the magnetron pulse, the current demand at C4011 and C4013 is so high that the controller senses a momentary short circuit and the fly-back controller restarts. R4008 and C4004 cause the power supply to slow-start after each modulator pulse and provide about 2 msec. of idle time.


Page 19June/200234-40-11

This time is the receiver "quiet-time" when it is desirable to have this circuit turned off to reduce switching noise. C4007 filters the internal reference voltage while R4009 and C4008 are the flyback oscillator timing ele-ments for 25 kHz operation.

The waveform at TP4002 is a damped 25 kHz os-cillation peculiar to flyback power supplies which is interrupted at 10 msec. intervals by the magnetron pulse. It is difficult to view because of variation in each cycle. CR4009 clamps any negative transients that may occur. The output from the controller drives a MOSFET Q4001 which switches the primary of T4001 to ground. The transformer ratio is only 1:2.5 but flyback action provides much higher output voltage. Current is sensed across R4013 in the source path of Q4001 and supplies information to the flyback controller, U4001. Both the flyback switching rate of 25 kHz and the mag-netron pulse repetition rate of 106 per second place heavy demands on the energy supply ca-pacitors C4009 and C4134. C4010 helps keep high frequency switching noise from the input power leads. There are effectively two pi-section filters using both inductors L4004 and L4003 to prevent radiation from the high-volt-age power supply via the power leads.

An over-voltage condition is sensed by the re-sistive divider R4021, R4028, R4029, R4020, R4015. The voltage sensed at R4021 is compared by U4018 to a reference voltage of 2.5 Volts divided from 5.0 Volts by R4026 and R4027. The output of the comparator U4018 controls tran-sistor switch Q4029 to inhibit the flyback controller by pulling pin 1 of U4001 low. This happens very briefly and the power supply maintains the upper voltage limit of 350 Vdc if the current control loop should malfunc-tion.

Fault sensing information is provided by the over_under_voltage sensors. Over-voltage is sensed across R4021 and R4028 from ground and is compared to 5 Vdc in U4002D and Under-volt-age is sensed across R4021, R4028, and R4029 to ground and compared in U4002C to 5 Vdc.


Page 20June/2002 34-40-11

If either fault conditions exists, the OVER_UNDER_VOLTAGE output to the FPGA (U4011 pin 39) goes to logic 0.

The one minute turn-on timer for the magnetron warm-up is initiated when the unit is turned on and is timed by R4022 and C4019. This time is normally about one minute but for short in-terruptions, requires about the same reset time as the duration of the interruption. The magnetron filament requires a minute to warm-up when cold but can recover faster from short interruptions. The comparator U4002A holds pin 1 of U4001 (TP4001) low until the time out period expires. When the radar is turned on but in a non-transmitting mode, the HV_ENABLE input (J4001-13) is high and the high-voltage power supply will not operate. For brief power interruptions, it may require longer for the microprocessor to reset than for the high-voltage power supply to be operational again. Under these circumstances, the HV_ENABLE is high to inhibit the high-voltage.

(b) Pulse Forming Network

A .15 Ohm sense resistor (R4195) is in the ground return of the secondary of the pulse transformer T4002. The pulse current for the magnetron is sampled across R4195 and the re-sulting voltage is differentially amplified to minimize noise by U4059. The pulse may be ob-served at TP4020 but will be distorted. View-ing the current pulse with a current probe is more reliable. U4058 is a dual multi-vibrator ic which provides the proper delay and width for a sample-hold ’window’. Timing elements R4208 and C4146 set the delay time for the first one-shot at 2 µsec. and a 1 µsec. pulse width for the sample window is determined by R4206 and C4145 of the second one-shot. This gate signal, which can be viewed at TP4015 as a positive going logic pulse, is used to open the sample gate (U4060) for 1 µsec. and charge capacitor C4144. R4221 and C4144 integrate the error signals from several cycles. Op amp U4061A buffers the output and maintains a very high impedance so the sample capacitor C4144 is not loaded.


Page 21June/200234-40-11

U4061B amplifier supplies the error voltage for the pulse width flyback controller U4001. The error signal which can be measured at TP4014 is compared to the internal reference of U4001 and the flyback pulse width is adjust-ed so this voltage will be forced to 2.5 Volts. The gain of U4061B is adjusted by R4200 for the correct high voltage at the primary of the pulse transformer T4002 to provide a 3 amp mag-netron pulse. U4061C and U4061D are used as comparators to establish a window to sense ab-normally high or low pulse current. If current is high (shorted magnetron) or low (open mag-netron) a missing pulse indication is present at TP4015 as a 4 µsec., 5 Volt positive pulse. The MISSING_PULSE signal is sent to the FPGA (U4011) pin 40 for processing. A missing pulse indication may also be caused by loss of fil-ament voltage, shorted or open wires, arcing or other problems.

The pulse width and repetition rate is deter-mined on the logic board and applied to the modulator as MAG_FIRE_OUT (J4001-12). Diode CR4008 holds the one-shot U4020 in ’clear’ so no pulses pass unless the HV_ENABLE and 1 minute start-up timer are satisfied. A one-shot (U4020) is started by the MAG_FIRE_OUT pulse and limits the pulse width to less than 6 µsec. An accidental pulse of longer duration would damage the receiver/limiter and possibly the magnetron. The MAG_FIRE_OUT pulse shape is kept square by the comparator U4002B. The emitter follower pair Q4002 and Q4003 provide sufficient current to drive the power MOSFET Q4004. This rectangular pulse may be observed as a 15 Volt rectangular pulse at TP4004 and TP4005 with a turn-on distortion caused by driving the MOSFET switch. The modulating pulse may be seen at TP4008 as an undistorted 5 V logic pulse. The power MOSFET switches the primary of the Pulse Modulation Transformer T4002 to ground. The SCR circuit Q4007 is a ’tail-chopper’ to speed the fall time of the pulse and help reset the pulse transformer core for the next pulse. When the pulse volt-age across the transformer begins to fall, the


Page 22June/2002 34-40-11

gate turns on and ’fires’ the SCR dumping any remaining charge rapidly into R4014.

Diodes CR4009 and CR4010 are reverse spike clamp diodes to prevent damage to the MOSFET from negative transients. Pulse transformer T4002 with a turns ratio of about 1:11, steps the pulse voltage up to 3700 volts nominal. All connections are insulated so there is no point to measure the pulse voltage out of the transformer.

The secondary of the pulse modulation trans-former carries the filament voltage for the magnetron and the high-voltage negative pulse. Approximately 3.0 volts of the filament volt-age are lost in the transformer resistance and diode CR4040 which leaves 6.3 V dc at the fil-aments. It’s not practical to measure the fil-ament voltage at the magnetron because of the high pulse voltage. Diode CR4040 helps iso-late the secondary so all the current passes through the sense resistor R4195.

Since it is impossible to measure the magne-tron current by placing a current probe over the shielded leads, a port has been cut in the power supply board to accommodate a Tektronix current probe. The probe can be used from ei-ther side of the board but polarity will be re-versed from the component side. Filament cur-rent for the magnetron flows both directions in these paths and will NOT be added to the pulse current measurement. The current probe should be used when adjusting R4200 for the correct high voltage required for 3 amps of magnetron current and to select the best in-ductance value for L4009 to minimize the slope of the pulse.

NOTE: Pulse modulation causes extremely high currents to circulate in ground paths. Nominal currents of 30 amps are present in the pulse transformer primary. Trouble shooting with scope or voltmeter is difficult.


Page 23June/200234-40-11

(c) Magnetron

The negative pulses are applied to the cathode of a grounded anode, fixed frequency, X Band, pulse magnetron. The output of the magnetron is nominally 4 kW at 9375 MHz for 4 µsec. The filaments require 6.3 V dc at 550 mA. There are no adjustments to the magnetron.

(d) RF Network

An ’E’ plane isolator, an ’E’ plane three port circulator, and a harmonic filter are combined in an integral unit. The diode limiter, mag-netron and antenna are mounted to the rf net-work with waveguide connections. The isolator sections provides 20 dB of magnetron isolation to reduce the pulling effects of bad load caused by radome or antenna problems. The circulator passes the transmitted pulse to the antenna and block the path to the receiver. The circulator has 20 dB of isolation between the two parts. Filter sections are located be-tween the circulator and the antenna to pre-vent radiation of harmonics. Signals that re-turn from a target are passed by the circulator to the receiver and blocked from the magne-tron.

(e) Diode Limiter

The circulator provides 20 dB of isolation be-tween the magnetron and the receiver but this would be enough rf to damage the receiver. A diode limiter is inserted at this point to lim-it the rf entering the receiver to 600 mW max-imum. The diodes are self-biasing from the rf and require no connections other that the waveguide. There are no adjustments and the diodes are not replaceable. A filter is in-cluded in the diode-limiter to prevent any off frequency rf caused by a magnetron mis-fire from destroying the receiver.


Page 24June/2002 34-40-11

(3) Receiver

(a) Low Noise Front End

The X Band receiver module is not repairable and has no adjustments. It consists of a low noise preamplifier, an image canceling mixer, a local oscillator and buffer amplifier. The local oscillator frequency is 59 MHz above the received frequency and is tuned with a voltage derived from the afc circuit. The noise figure is 4.5 dB a 9375 MHz and the 59 MHz output has an overall gain of about 5 dB.

(b) 59 MHz Low Noise Preamplifier

A low noise MMIC (monolithic microwave inte-grated circuit), I1001, provides a noise fig-ure of less than 3 dB and gain of 31 dB. Power is supplied from the logic board via the coax-ial cable center conductor. This coax also takes the output signal from the preamp to the if section on the logic board. The input is isolated by capacitor C1002. The ic amplifier is designed for 50 Ohm terminations and grounding is extremely important.

(c) Temperature Sensor

The casting temperature is sampled by a sensor to supply data enabling the software to make gain corrections. The sensor, U1002, is an LM35 which is similar to a zener diode with a voltage output that increases linearly 10 mV/° Centigrade. The voltage from a tem-perature compensated reference, U1004, is di-vided by R1002 and R1003 then buffered by am-plifier U1003A to provide a reference voltage of .5 Volts. Amplifier U1003B has unity gain provides a high input impedance and signal in-version for the temperature sensor. Output at J1002-2 is 1.85 Volts to .6 Volts changing linearly with temperature from -550 to +700 C.


Page 25June/200234-40-11

(d) 59 MHz If Strip

The 59 MHz if section receives downconverted signals from the receiver module via the pre-amplifier and the coax cable to jack J5502. There is approximately 48 dB of gain in the re-ceiver/preamp assembly. The actual amplitude of these signals depends upon the amount of moisture in clouds, or the reflective surface in map mode, and the distance to the target.

The video IF section performs:

• IF passband filtering• Main IF amplification and detection• Manual Gain, Automatic Gain and stc control• Video buffering and limiting• Video bandwidth filter switching

1 A resistive divider (R5551, R5552, R5555) splits the input signal from J5502 for the main video if and the afc limiting if amplifier that drives the discriminator. Resistors R5511 and R5512 are used to supply operating current to the Pre-amp board through the signal coax cable.

2 Two capacitively matched and coupled LC pairs, L5501/C5527, C5501, C5528 and L5502/C5543, C5504, C5503, C5529, with coupling capacitor C5502, provide most of the filtering for the main if. C5528, C5529, and C5543 are temperature compen-sating capacitors to minimize changes at temperature extremes.

3 Amplifier U5501 provides up to 45 dB of gain and is gain controlled by the stc/agc control voltage received from ampli-fier U5122A. Input to this amplifier is high-impedance and single-ended from the bandpass filter. Differential output through T5501 provides a match to I5502 and helps shape the IF passband. STC gain control is applied to pin 5 of this am-plifier.


Page 26June/2002 34-40-11

4 IC U5502 provides up to 45 dB of gain and is gain controlled by the MAN_GAIN_DRIVE voltage received from amplifier U5028C. Both input and output are differential with T5502 providing additional passband shaping and impedance matching into the detector, Q5501.

5 Q5502 is connected as a bias diode for the detector, Q5501. L5506 and C5517 trap the 59 MHz if signal and pass the video. The detected output pulse from Q5501 may be as high as 12 volts at the detector so it is voltage divided by R5510 and R5509 to a level below 5 volts.

6 Detector video output is filtered above 125 kHz by C5520 when transistor Q5503 is turned on. This integrates the return signal and the pulse viewed at TP5023 is rounded. Normal operation with Q5503 turned off will have at least 250 kHz bandwidth.

7 Video buffer amplifier U5503 has unity gain and the output a signal of less than 5 Volts for the a/d converter U5036. R5550 helps isolate the amplifier from spikes generated in the a/d converter.

(e) Receiver Gain Control

The receiver gain control consists of two ma-jor functions, the Manual Gain (Man Gain), and the Sensitivity Timing Control/Automatic Gain Control (stc/agc). Man Gain is used by the pi-lot to decrease the gain of the receiver to re-duce target saturation. The Man Gain is to be decremented the gain of the receiver 20 dB in 1 dB steps. The stc/agc is used to account for the attenuation of the rf energy through the atmosphere and then to control the final gain of the receiver.

The Man Gain circuit consists of three major sections. The first section is the Man Gain drive circuit consisting of the following com-ponents: Quad d/a, U5027, and an op amp, U5028.


Page 27June/200234-40-11

Section two consists of the if amplifier, U5502. The third section is the microproces-sor and the 429 control word form the indica-tor/controller.

When the pilot varies the manual gain at the controller, the gain value which is sent by 429 digital data buss will vary from 0 dB of at-tenuation to a max of 20 dB of attenuation. The microprocessor reads the man gain value from the 429 receiver and then send a digital value to the manual gain d/a. This 8 bit value varies the voltage out of U5027 - pin 19 from 0 V to 5 V. This voltage is then amplified by U5028 to a voltage range from 0 V to 12 V as measured at test point TP5007. The manual gain voltage is then applied to R5505 which con-verts the voltage to a current and then onto U5502, Man Gain Amp. U5502 is an if amplifier with controllable gain. The gain of U5502 will vary from approximately 30 dB to 10 dB in 1 dB steps.

The stc/agc circuit consists of four major sections. The first section is the stc/agc drive circuit which consists of the following components: stc ram, U5118, stc d/a, U5119, stc op amp, U5122, and the stc output control-ler, U5037. Section two consists of the gain controlled if amplifier, U5501. The third section is the video a/d, U5036, which is used to sample the video noise level. The last sec-tion is the microprocessor which reads the video level and then sends a new control volt-age to the if amp via the stc/agc drive cir-cuit.

The stc ram, U5118, is used for three func-tions. The first 8 memory locations hold the discriminator a/d samples during magnetron fire. This is further discussed in the Auto-matic Frequency Control section, paragraph 5.B.(3)(f). The second function is to hold the stc curves for both weather and map. The third function is to hold the current agc value in the last stc location.


Page 28June/2002 34-40-11

Memory locations 8 through 224, 10" antenna, or 255, 12" antenna, holds the stc curves. The stc ram, U5118, is further divided into two pages. Page 1 is for weather stc curves and page 2 is for map curves. When the mode is changed from weather to map or map to weather, the most significant bit of the stc ram is tog-gled to change the current page.

Once the magnetron has fired, the stc curves are clocked out of the stc ram by the stc con-trol circuit, U5037. This circuit controls the output so that each memory location is ap-proximately equal to one third of a NM. Due to the dynamic range of the receiver being ap-proximately 38 dB, the stc can only control the receiver’s gain for the first 30 NM, 10" an-tenna, or 35 NM, 12" antenna. Beyond the this range, a second receiver calibration method is used. This second calibration method is called the Extended stc, estc. The estc will be discussed in the Weather Accumulator and 453 Transmitter section, paragraph 5.B.(4).

Once the stc curve reaches the maximum limit, the last value to be output is the agc setting. This level is set so that the receiver is at maximum gain. When the receiver is at maximum gain, the noise at the front end of the receiv-er is amplified to a level that should not cross the green threshold. If the green threshold is exceeded by the noise, then the radar screen will show false targets. In order to reduce false targets, the agc alters the gain of the receiver so that the noise floor is just at the threshold of green, but not ex-ceeding it.

During the radar quiet time, approximately 7 msec. after the magnetron fired, the micropro-cessor reads the video voltage from the video a/d, U5036. This video value is filtered by the microprocessor and then compared to a noise threshold value. If the filtered value is not equal to the noise threshold value, then the microprocessor will then either increase or decrease the value written to the agc memory location, last stc value.


Page 29June/200234-40-11

(f) Automatic Frequency Control (afc)

The Automatic Frequency Control, afc, function consists of five major sections. The first section is the Local Oscillator, LO, drive circuit which consists of the following compo-nents: the LO d/a, U5027, the gain adjust op amps, U5028, and the summing op amp, U5144. The second section is the frequency discrimi-nator circuit which consists of the following components: the limiting amplifiers, U5504 and U5505, the discriminator, U5506, and the dis-criminator adjust coil, L5524, and the dis-criminator buffer, U5507. The third section is the discriminator a/d, U5030, and SRC ram, U5118. The fourth section is the local oscil-lator within the receiver module. The fifth section is the transmitter fault section which consists of the missing pulse detection cir-cuit and the high/low voltage fault. The fault detection circuits are discussed in the Power Supply section, paragraph 5.B.(2)(a).

The Automatic Frequency Control, afc, circuit is used to maintain a 59 MHz separation between the magnetron and the local oscillator. When the magnetron frequency is mixed with the lo-cal oscillator frequency the 59 MHz if is pro-duced. This 59 MHz is amplified and sent on to the discriminator circuit in the if section of the logic board.

The first afc if amplifier, U5504, has single ended coupling both in and out and provides about 40 dB of fixed gain with the gain control connected to ground through R5525. The second amplifier, U5505, is also single ended both in and out with gain fixed at maximum by R5527. These stages do not have tunable matching el-ements and therefore have less gain than the video if section. A network of L5539 and C5568 match the if amplifier to the Discriminator. U5506 is a four-quadrant multiplier connected as a quadrature detector with amplitude limit-ed if signals applied to both ports of a bal-anced mixer with one port shifted in phase by L5524/C5542/C5576, a temperature compensated L/C phase shift network.


Page 30June/2002 34-40-11

C5576 is a temperature compensating capacitor that minimizes the changes at temperature ex-tremes and assure that the discriminator tracks the if filter. The output as seen at TP503 and TP504 is a differential voltage. U5507A amplifier has a differential input. The output signal is buffered and referenced to the 2.5V reference level in U5507B then sent to the a/d converter U5030. The frequency er-ror pulse can be viewed at TP5018 which is the signal read by the a/d converter but it may contain noise spikes from the a/d conversion process.

The output from the discriminator buffer, U5507, is then sent to the discriminator a/d, U5030. The digitized value is temporarily stored in the stc ram, U5118, during the mag-netron fire time frame. The 4 µsec. pulse from the magnetron is sampled eight times at a 2 µsec. delay from the beginning of the pulse. Due to the speed of the samples, the micropro-cessor can not read eight samples this quickly and so the stc ram is used.

At approximately 6 msec after the magnetron has fired, the microprocessor reads the miss-ing pulse fault flag and the high/low voltage flag from the power supply board. If no faults occurred, then the microprocessor reads the contents of the first eight memory locations of the stc ram which holds the discriminator frequency data. The microprocessor then fil-ters the data and determine if the LO is on frequency. If the LO is either too high or too low, then the microprocessor adjusts the dig-ital value being sent to the LO drive circuit.

The LO drive circuit consists of three d/a con-verters. The first d/a converter, U5027 - pin 20, is used to establish the course setting or initial bias of the LO drive. The second d/a converter, U5027 - pin 1, is used for frequency offset. The frequency offset is used to com-pensate for the fact that during the magnetron fire period, the magnetron produces so much energy that it tends to pull the local oscil-lator towards the magnetron’s frequency.


Page 31June/200234-40-11

This pulling causes the local oscillator to be off frequency during the afc sample period which produces an erroneous afc sample. Since the LO pulling is a fixed frequency, the offset is set to a fixed value depending upon the amount of pulling. Both the course and offset values are determined by the afc calibration procedure. The third d/a converter, U5027 - pin 2, is the fine adjust. The fine adjust is the active afc output during normal radar op-eration. This value is generated by the mi-croprocessor as determined by the values re-ceived from the discriminator circuit. The outputs from the three d/a converters is then summed at the LO drive op amp, U5144, and then sent to the receiver module.

(4) Weather Accumulator and 453 Transmitter

The Weather Accumulator and 453 Transmitter circuit receives video data from the video buffer and pro-duce 453 data at the output. This conversion pro-cess involves several intermediate steps. The first step is to convert the analog video to com-pensated digital data. This is accomplished by the video a/d converter, U5036, WX rom, U5038, WX ram, U5039,and stc FPGA, U5037.

From the video a/d converter the data is then ap-plied to the WX rom, U5038. The WX rom has three separate input parameters. The first input param-eter is the raw digitized video. The second input parameter is weather compensation and the third in-put parameter is Extended stc, estc. These three parameters, raw video, weather compensation, and estc are applied to the WX rom’s address lines. When the appropriate address is selected, a compen-sated digital value is then sent to the WX ram, U5039, and is then saved at the range clock rate.

Weather compensation and estc are firmware func-tions embedded in the stc FPGA, U5037. Weather com-pensation is used to increase the strength of the video due to the attenuation caused by intervening weather. The weather compensation algorithm sums up the weather returns in a weighted fashion. The yellow is of lsb value, where as the red is of a value of 6, and magenta is a value of 37.


Page 32June/2002 34-40-11

The sum is in a 12 bit register. The lower 4 bits are truncated leaving the upper 8 bits. The lsb of the weather compensation output to the WX rom is equivalent to 1 dB of intervening weather attenua-tion.

When these values increase in number, they cause the WX rom to increases the digital value of the video to be sent to the WX ram.

Extended stc, estc, is used to increase the ampli-tude of the signal once stc has exhausted it’s dy-namic range, approximately 30 to 35 NM. From 40 NM to 240 NM the address sent to the WX rom will in-crease every 10 NM. This change in address increas-es the compensated video being sent to the WX ram. This is not a calibrated compensation such as stc, but it is an attempt to provide the pilot with a more accurate presentation of the weather beyond the stc range.

The second step in the process of converting analog video into 453 data is to filter the data using the weather accumulator. The weather accumulator, U5057, provides a filter algorithm which sums 32 ra-dials and produce the filtered output. This fil-tered output is then stored back into the WX ram and is ready to be converted to 453 data.

The third step in the conversion process is to transfer the weather data from the WX ram to the 453 ram. The weather data to 453 data transfer is per-formed by the 453 FPGA, U5041. This transfer pro-cess consists of converting the 8 bit digital data value to a 3 bit color value. Once the color value has been determined, 000-black, 001-green, 010-yel-low, 011-red, 100-magenta, the value is then re-peated due to the format of the 453 word. The 453 data word allows for 512 range bins. Since only 256 range bin samples have been collected, the number must be doubled to fill in the unused range bins.

The microprocessor fills the 453 ram with the first 64 bits of control data. Once the 453 ram is filled with data, the microprocessor commands the 453 FPGA to start transmitting data to the indicator through the 453 data transmitters, U5125. The 453 data con-sists of 1600 bits of data being sent at a 1 MHz rate. The total word transmission time is 1.6 msec.


Page 33June/200234-40-11

The transmission rate between words is approximate-ly 7.5 msec.

(5) Logic and Control

The logic and control section consists of four major sections. The first section is the microprocessor and the microprocessor support circuits. The sec-ond section consists of the discrete input/output ports. Section three is the 429 receivers and transmitter. The forth section is the multiplexed a/d converter.

The microprocessor and support circuits consist of the following chips: Z8400 microprocessor, U5001, software rom, U5003, microprocessor ram, U5004, Mi-croprocessor non-volatile ram, U5005, reset and watchdog chip, U5002, microprocessor chip select FPGA, U5012, FPGA rom, U5013, microprocessor clock, Y5001, and the data buss buffers, U5014, U5015, U5016, and U5126. The discrete input/output ports consist of U5006, U5007, U5008, U5009, U5010, U5011, U5017, U5019, and U5043. The 429 receivers and transmitter consist of U5091 and U5025. The multiplexed a/d converter consists of U5022, U5023, and U5024.

Upon unit power up or reset, the reset/watchdog chip, U5002, holds the reset output low until the 5 V supply has become stable. The output of the re-set/watchdog chip is applied to U5125, an open col-lector NAND chip. This output is wired OR’ed to the four FPGA chips Done Programming (DP) lines which are also open collector outputs. The four FPGA’s, U5012, U537, U5041, and U5057, holds their DP lines low until they have been programmed. Once all four FPGA’s have been programmed and the 5 V is stable, the microprocessor’s reset line is pulled high by R5157.

The programming of the four FPGA’s is controlled by the master FPGA, U5012. The three slaved FPGA’s, U5037, U5041, and U5057 is programmed by the master. When power up or reset occurs, the reset circuit in the master FPGA causes the FPGA to go into a self programming mode. In this mode, the master FPGA reads programming data from the FPGA rom, U5013. This data is then sent in serial format from the Data OUT (DOUT) pin of U5012 to the Data IN (DIN) pin of U5041. From the DOUT pin of U5041 the serial


Page 34June/2002 34-40-11

data is sent to the DIN pin of U5037. The data is then sent out the DOUT pin of U5037 to the DIN pin of U5057.

Once an FPGA has been programmed, the DP line is allowed to go high. When all four FPGA’s have been programmed, the LCA DONE line, or microprocessor reset, goes high bringing the microprocessor out of reset.

Once the microprocessor is out of reset, it will start to execute software code which is stored in the microprocessor’s rom, U5003. The microproces-sor accesses two ram’s, the first being the static ram, U5004, and the non-volatile ram, U5005. The static ram is used to store variables which are used during normal microprocessor operation and can be lost when the unit is powered down. The non-vola-tile ram holds data that the microprocessor must save even when the unit is power downed. This data consists, but not limited to, Time of Unit Opera-tion, Unit Fault History, and Receiver Calibration Data.

The microprocessor’s data bus is buffered by U5014, U5015, U5016, and U5126. Due to the number of de-vices connected to the microprocessor’s data buss, the microprocessor’s data buss is divided into four separate data busses to prevent buss loading. The four busses consist of the IOD buss which drives the discrete input/output ports, the SLD buss which controls the slower chips on the data buss, the ALD buss which controls the gyro and 543 data buss, and the SD buss which controls the frequency discrimi-nator and the stc buss.

During normal operation, the microprocessor is in-terrupted at a 409 µsec. rate. This rate causes the microprocessor to execute a pre-defined task. These tasks are repeated every 60 interrupts. On interrupts 0, 20, and 40 the microprocessor sends a request to the chip select FPGA to generate the 4 µsec. magnetron fire pulse. This magnetron fire pulse is then sent to the pulse forming network on the power supply board.


Page 35June/200234-40-11

There are 5 discrete input ports, U5006, U5007, U5017, U5019, and U5043 and 4 discrete output ports, U5008, U5009, U5010, and U5011. Input port 1, U5006, is the indicator on/off port. This port tells the microprocessor which indicators are on and which 429 channel to listen too. This port also is connected to the strut switch. The strut switch will shut off the transmitter, if connected to the aircraft strut switch (not in radar indicator only installations), when the aircraft is on ground.

Input port 2, U5017, is the DIP switch input port. The DIP switch tells the microprocessor what size of antenna is connected to the radar. The remainder of the DIP switches are used for bench test purposes only. DIP switch one and two turns off the trans-mitter and the antenna motors. DIP switch three, equipment configuration enable, allows the install-er to change the contents of the configuration mod-ule if enabled. DIP switches four and five deter-mine the antenna size. DIP switch six is used in test mode only when the time, temperature, and fault history needs to be read from the 429 transmitter. DIP switch seven is reserved for future use. DIP switch eight, receiver calibration enable, allows the radar to be calibrated when enabled.

Input port 3, U5007, is the receiver calibration port. These inputs, in conjunction with DIP switch eight, allows the radar to be calibrated. These calibration procedures consist of afc calibration, and receiver calibration. Also connected to input port 3 is the gyro sign bits. These bits will be discussed in the gyro input section.

Input port 4, U5019, is a general purpose input port. This port accepts input serial data from the configuration module. Also input into this port is the target alert bit from the stc FPGA. When the stc FPGA detects a target beyond the selected range, then this bit is set.

Input port 4 is the altitude input port. The alti-tude information is received in 575, gray code, for-mat. This information is used in the Auto Tilt function which is supported by the ART 2100 only.


Page 36June/2002 34-40-11

Output port 1 is the mode control port. When the range or mode is changed, this port directs the hardware to react according to the new outputs. When the 320 NM range is selected (ART 2100 only), the bandwidth switch goes high enabling the narrow bandwidth in the if section.

Output Port 2 is the machine cycle port. This port controls the timing of the hardware throughout a ma-chine cycle (a machine cycle is the time between magnetron fires). If the mode or range is changed, the stc circuit, 453 circuit, and the weather accu-mulator circuits are reset.

After the magnetron has fired, the radial sum enable toggles from low to high and then back to low. This causes the WX ACC FPGA, U5057, to start the video filtering. After the video filtering has been com-pleted, the microprocessor toggles the weather to 453 transfer bit to initiate the transfer of weather data to the 453 ram. When the 453 data is ready to be transmitted, the 453 enable bit toggles low to cause the 453 FPGA to start 453 transmission. The 429 reset bit resets the 429 LSI chip, U5091, when it is toggled from high to low.

Output port 3 is a general purpose port. The mi-croprocessor reads input port 2 to determine what size of antenna the unit has been configured for. If an improper code has been entered at input port 2, then the microprocessor sets the output bits at output port 3 to a 10" antenna. The RDS type output bit is reserved for future use. Wx compensation disable is also reserved for future use. The high voltage disable goes high 60 seconds after the mi-croprocessor has been reset. This bit causes the high voltage to be disabled while the magnetron is warming up. The 429 select bit is used to multiplex 429 ports 3 and 5 to the 429 LSI. Since the 429 LSI has only four input ports, it is necessary to mul-tiplex two ports into one.

Output port 4 is the configuration module port. The configuration module is mounted external to the ra-dar and is intended to stay with the aircraft. This module holds the analog gyro gain settings and air-craft equipment configuration.


Page 37June/200234-40-11

This port along with input port 4 talks and listens to the serial non-volatile ram in the configuration module.

The third major section of logic and control is the 429 receivers and transmitter. There are five re-ceivers and one transmitter. The first three re-ceivers are connected to indicator/controllers. The forth receiver is used in the aircraft for 429 pitch and roll data input and on the bench for self test and calibration purposes. The fifth 249 re-ceiver is used for altitude data input. Since the 429 LSI, U5091, has only four input ports, the third and fifth inputs are multiplexed through U5025 to the 429 LSI. The 429 transmitter is used for bench test purposes only.

The forth major section of logic and control is the multiplexed a/d converter, U5024. Fourteen sepa-rate analog inputs are multiplexed through U5022 and U5023 to the a/d converter U5024. Two of the inputs are the temperature sensors which monitor the temperature of the power supply and the pre-amp. Another two inputs are used to read the Hall effect sensors.

The Hall effect sensors are used by the micropro-cessor to determine the position of the antenna. The sensors themselves are located in the Gimbal as-sembly. The output from the Hall effect sensors are then amplified, U5021 and U5022, and applied to the multiplex a/d converter. The output from the Hall effect circuit will vary from approximately 0.5 V to 4.5 V.

The gyro input has been multiplexed by the gyro cir-cuit so that the gyro input line may consist of ref-erence, pitch and roll. The remaining inputs are unit voltages. These voltages are monitored for fault detection.

(6) Analog Gyro Input The analog gyro (gyro) input consists of four major sections. The first section is the reference input. The second section is the pitch input. The Third section is the roll input. The fourth section is the programmable amplifier.


Page 38June/2002 34-40-11

The reference input consists of the following com-ponents: differential input amplifier, U5159a and U5163, the rectifier and integrator, U5159b, CR5022, R5294, and C5085, the gain adjust amplifi-er, U5159c, and the reference chop circuit U5033b. The pitch input consists of the input differential amplifier, U5034a, the rectifier and integrator, U5034b, CR5019, R5083, and C5041, the gain adjust amplifier, U5034c, and the pitch sign bit, U5034d, U5163a, and U5033a. The roll input consists of in-put differential amplifier, U5035a, the rectifier and integrator, U5035b, CR5011, R5105, and C5056, the gain adjust amplifier, U5035c, and the roll sign bit, U5035d, U5163d, and U5033d.

The programmable amplifier consists of the analog multiplex chip, U5162, the gain data buffers, U5169 and U5168, the multiplying d/a converter U5165, the unity gain current to voltage op-amp U6160d, and the fixed gain amplifier U5160a.

The gyro inputs are used to stabilize the antenna so that the antenna scans parallel to the earth while the aircraft is in a pitch or roll attitude. The reference input can vary from 10 V rms to 115 V rms. Since the reference voltage is of such a large range, the input amplifier has switchable gains. The configuration module contains data on which range of reference voltages are applied to the unit. There are three different selections which consist of 115V, 26V, and 10V. If 115 V is selected, then U5163 - pin 9 will go high and place R5224 in par-allel with R5223 to establish the proper gain. If 26 V is selected, then U5163 - pin 8 will go high and place R5225 in parallel with R5223. If 10 V is selected, then R5223 will be the only resistor in the op-amp feedback network.

Once the reference gain has been established at the differential input op-amp, U5159a, the signal is then applied to the detector and integration cir-cuits and the chopper circuit. The detector and in-tegration circuit converts the sign wave into a dc value which is applied to the fixed gain op-amp U5159c. This dc value is then multiplexed to the programmable gain amplifier U5165.


Page 39June/200234-40-11

The reference input differential op-amp also drives the chopper circuit, U5033a. The output from the chopper circuit is used in the pitch and roll cir-cuits to determine the phase of the pitch or roll inputs. If the pitch input is in phase with the reference, then the aircraft is pitched up. If the pitch input is 180 degrees out of phase with the reference input, then the aircraft is pitched down. When the roll input is in phase with the reference, then the aircraft is in a right roll, and when the roll input is 180 degrees out of phase with the ref-erence, then the aircraft is in a left roll.

Once all three analog input signals have been rec-tified and integrated, the dc values are then mul-tiplexed, U5162, and applied to the programmable amplifier, U5165, U5160d, and U5160a. The program-mable amplifier consists of a 10 bit d/a converter, a unity gain op-amp, and a gain of 3 op-amp. The total gain of the programmable amplifier can vary from 0 to 3 in 1024 steps.

The multiplexed dc value is applied to the reference voltage input of the multiplying d/a converter. When the digital data value is applied to the d/a converter, the reference voltage is then either am-plified or attenuated depending upon the digital data. The gain parameters which are determined by the digital data are stored in the configuration module.

When the gyro’s are being calibrated, the digital values being applied to the programmable amplifier are varied until the desired gain is achieved. The output from the programmable amplifier are then sent to the multiplexed a/d converter. The multi-plexed a/d converter is discussed in the logic and control section, paragraph 5.B.(5).

(7) Antenna Stabilization and Control

(a) FPGA Overview

Ic U4011 is a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) which is used to control the antenna az-imuth and elevation positioning stepper motors and provide interfacing for over_under volt-age, missing_pulse and mod_timeout to the mi-croprocessor on the logic board.


Page 40June/2002 34-40-11

The FPGAs configure themselves, every time power is applied, by reading the configuration information from an external eprom, U4010. After the information has been read, and stored in the FPGA, the eprom is no longer needed. This design takes advantage of an available resource by storing the required Sine/Cosine lookup tables in the eprom.

(b) Microstepping Motor Controller

The controller provides a register based in-terface to the microprocessor and utilizes mi-crostepping to provide smooth quiet scanning action. Two separate two phase stepper motors (one for azimuth and one for tilt) are con-trolled to position the antenna. The motor drive operation is similar so only the Azimuth axis motor will be described. Rather than driving the motor windings with pulses of cur-rent to step it’s position, sinusoidal cur-rents are used. The current flowing in each winding of the two motors passes through sense resistors (R4139,R4140,R4130 and R4142, R4143, R4031) producing a voltage (AZ_SENS1 and AZ_SENS2) which is proportional to the mo-tor current. This voltage is compared to the voltage programmed by the FPGA into U4013, a quad dac. The controller uses a pulse width modulated drive system to try and keep the two voltages equal. By using a sequence of values which produce a sine wave when written to the dac, the motor current produced is also a sine wave. By controlling the phase between the two windings, the motor can be moved in either di-rection. One full cycle of sine/cosine cur-rents applied to the motors represents 4 full steps, or 128 microsteps. Each step of the motor, 1.8 degrees, through gearing of 36:1, produces a rotation of the antenna of 0.05 de-grees. Each microstep is then equal to 0.0015625 degrees.

To produce the required 25 deg/sec. scanning rate, the microstep clocking rate must be 16 kHz. Lower clocking rates are used in Soft Start and Soft Stop modes to provide acceler-ated starting and decelerated stopping for smoother operation.


Page 41June/200234-40-11

1.8 deg/step/36 = 0.05 deg/step0.05 deg/32 µsteps = 0.0015625 deg/µstep25 deg/sec./0.0015625 deg/µstep = 16000 µstep/sec. = 16 kHz

Counters are used to hold the current position of each axis. The outputs from these counters not only address the Sine/Cosine table in the eprom, but are also made available to the pro-cessor for monitoring the present position of the antenna. These counters are 18 bits in length and have a range of 218 X 0.0015625 = 409.6°, or ± 204.8°. The upper 13 bits are re-turned to the system providing a range of ± 204.8°, with a resolution of 0.05°. The lower 7 bits of each axis counter are used to address the Sine/Cosine table in the eprom to get the values to be written to the current control-ling dacs.

(c) Motor Controller Timing

The system timing is derived from a 1.025 MHz oscillator, Y4001, connected to the pin 30 of the FPGA (U4011). Internally, this main clock input is fed to an eight bit counter. The out-puts of this counter form the main system ’state machine’, scheduling all events which occur. The lower six bits cycle at a 16 kHz rate, forming the main ’dac update’ cycle. Each of the four dacs is updated once per cy-cle. The PWM outputs and chopper drives to the motors are updated at a 32 kHz rate, thus the motor current is corrected twice for each new value written to the dac. The upper two bits are utilized in the Tilt and Azimuth clock gen-erator functions to allow 1/4 and 1/2 rate scanning for the Soft Start / Soft Stop modes.

All interactions with the microprocessor occur asynchronously to the FPGA controller. These interactions take the form of single byte, read/write cycles, transferring data from/to the FPGA. When the transfer affects the ’mode’ of the controller, the inputs are synchronized to the controller before allowing the control-ler to respond to them, guaranteeing synchro-nous transition between different modes.


Page 42June/2002 34-40-11

When the transfer reads one of the motor counters, the value being returned is latched at the beginning of the transfer to prevent it from changing during the transfer.

(d) Eprom/Dac Interface

The FPGA requires that a certain subset of it’s pins be connected to an external memory device from which it can download configuration in-formation after power is applied. Since this design also accesses Sine/Cosine lookup tables from the same memory device, those same pins were used for the signals which the controller uses to access the tables.

A signal from the FPGA, EA16 = HDC = Hi-During-Configuration, is a logical ’1’ during config-uration and driven to a logical ’0’ during nor-mal operation. This is used for the MSB of the eprom address, thus the lower half of the eprom contains the Sine/Cosine tables and the upper half contains the configuration data. During configuration, the FPGA downloads data from the eprom, sequentially outputting an address and then clocking the returned data into one of it’s internal registers to define the cir-cuit to be implemented. During normal opera-tion, the FPGA outputs an address, EA0..EA15, composed of the lower seven bits of each mo-tor’s counter and two additional bits, from the main system state machine, which select one of four outputs to be updated. The eprom must then have 17 address inputs, (2 X 7)+2+1=17.

This design utilizes a 27C010, 128K X 8 eprom for this purpose. The eprom data lines, ED0..ED7, are not used inside the FPGA except during configuration. During normal opera-tion, the FPGA outputs the address of a given row from the table. The data from the eprom then goes directly to the dac, where it awaits the ’write’ strobe and channel select bits from the FPGA to clock it into the appropriate dac.


Page 43June/200234-40-11

(e) Motor Interface

The controller interfaces to the motor with four comparators, (U4012A and U4012B for Azi-muth and U4012C and U4012D for Elevation) which compare the programmed dac voltages and the voltages developed across the four current sense resistors. The outputs of the four com-parators form ’reset’ signals, AZ_RST1(2), EL_RST1(2), which modulate the width, or time on, of their respective driver by clearing it’s drive signals when the current level ex-ceeds the programmed level. Each driver re-quires three signals to control it’s opera-tion; two direction controls and a strobe. The FPGA outputs these signals, synchronized to the main system state machine. The direction controls select which direction the current flows through the motor when enabled by the strobe. When current flow is desired, one of the driver’s direction signals will be set to a logical ’1’, the other set to ’0’.

Current begins to flow, and increase, until the value exceeds the programmed value. The reset signal then clears both direction sig-nals, connecting both sides of the motor to ground, allowing the current to continue to flow, and decrease. This process is repeated at a 32 kHz rate for each of the four drivers. These signals include : AZ_OUT1A(B), AZ_OUT2A(B), EL_OUT1A(B), and EL_OUT2A(B). The third signal needed is the strobe, which forms the ’Chopper Drive’ to enable the driv-er. The motor drivers, U4033 and U4034 for Az-imuth and U4049 and U4050 for Elevation, are power MOSFET H-Bridge configurations. The chopper uses different duty cycles depending on what portion of the sine wave is being pro-duced. During the ’current charge’ quarter cy-cle, the chopper duty cycle is 100%, allowing the PWM reset signals to fully control the fi-nal conduction time. During the first half of the ’current decay’ quarter cycle, the chopper duty cycle is reduced to 75%. The second half of this quarter cycle reduces the duty cycle further to 50%. These signals include: AZ_EN, AZ_EN(NOT), EL_EN, and EL_EN(NOT).


Page 44June/2002 34-40-11

(f) Microprocessor Interface

The microprocessor interfaces to the control-ler by accessing four registers within the FP-GA. The interface consists of the micropro-cessor data bus(D0...D7), address bus(A0,A1), timing strobes (RD(NOT),WR(NOT)), and address strobe(MTR_SEL(NOT)). The four registers are detailed below:

AB, TB are Azimuth Busy, Tilt Busy, respec-tively. ’1’ indicates that the controller is in the process of starting or stopping.

P1,P2,P3 are discrete inputs to the FPGA which are made available for monitoring by the pro-cessor. P1,P2 are sampled on the trailing edge of the AFC_SAMPLE pulse input to the FPGA.

• P1 = OVER_UNDER_VOLTAGE , 0 = ERROR• P2 = MISSING_PULSE , 1 = ERROR• P3 = MODULATOR_TIME_OUT , 1 = TIME OUT

Read Address Function D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

Base+0 Az Count Lo Byte 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05

Base+1 Az Count Hi Byte P1 P2 AB 17 16 15 14 13

Base+2 Ti Count Lo Byte 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05

Base+3 Ti Count Hi Byte P3 x TB 17 16 15 14 13

FPGA Registers Read AddressTable 7

Write Address Function D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

Base+0 Azimuth Command C7 C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1 C0

Base+1 Ignored

Base+2 Tilt Command C7 C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1 C0

Base+3 Ignored

Write AddressTable 8


Page 45June/200234-40-11

C7 = Counter Reset , 1 = resetC6 = Not UsedC5 = Not UsedC4 = Not UsedC3 = Stop Motor , 0 = stopC2 = Hold Motor , 0 = holdC1 = Hard Start/Stop , 1 = hardC0 = Direction , 1 = right, up

’Hold’ mode, C2=0, allows all motor functions to work as normal with the exception that the chopper signals to the output drivers are nev-er activated. This mode is intended for diag-nostic purposes only. ’Hard Stop’, C1=1, C3=0, causes the motor to stop at the next available full step position, microstep=0. The rate changes directly from full (16 kHz) to zero. ’Hard Start’, C1=1, C3=1, causes the motor to start moving. The rate changes directly from zero to full (16 kHz). ’Soft Stop’, C1=0, C3=0, causes the motor to perform a soft stop se-quence consisting of 1 full step (32 mi-crosteps) at 1/2 rate (8 kHz), followed by 1 full step at 1/4 rate (4 kHz) and then stop. ’Soft Start’, C1=0, C3=1, causes the motor to perform a soft start sequence consisting of 1 full step (32 microsteps) at 1/4 rate, (4 kHz), followed by 1 full step at 1/2 rate (8 kHz) and then full rate (16 kHz) until stopped.


Page 46June/2002 34-40-11


Page 1001June/200234-40-11

TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION

1. General

This section contains instructions for functional testing, trouble-shooting, and aligning the ART 2000. The functional test is a cov-er-on test performed to determine the operational status of the unit. The alignment procedures are performed after a misalignment has been isolated during troubleshooting, when a module or compo-nent that requires alignment has been replaced, or to set adjustable parameters to customer specifications.

2. Test Equipment Required

Refer to "Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment" section of this manual, beginning on page 9001, for information relating to test equipment that is required for testing, troubleshooting, and align-ing the unit.

3. Functional Test Procedures

A. General

The purpose of the functional testing is to determine the op-erational status of the ART 2000. As such, the functional test may be used to check a new unit, a unit which has been in storage, or a unit which has been removed from an aircraft or storage. The functional test shall be performed with the unit fully assembled and no internal adjustments shall be made to the unit. Refer to figure 1001 for a suggested test setup.

Typical Test SetupFigure 1001


Page 1002June/2002 34-40-11

If the unit tests within the limits given, no further testing is required and the unit is considered suitable for installa-tion in an aircraft. If the unit fails any portion of the functional test, isolate the fault.

WARNING: THIS INSTRUMENT GENERATES MICROWAVE RADIATION. DO NOT OPERATE UNTIL YOU HAVE READ AND CAREFULLY FOL-LOWED ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS IN THE OPERATION AND SERVICE MANUALS.

WARNING: OPERATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT INVOLVES THE USE OF HIGH VOLTAGES. THE TECHNICIAN OR OPERATOR SHOULD OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN PERFORMING ANY TESTS OUTLINED IN THIS SECTION. RF LOAD MUST BE CONNECTED BEFORE TRANSMITTING.

CAUTION: THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SEN-SITIVE (ESDS) DEVICES. UNIT MODULES AND INDIVIDUAL ESDS DEVICES MUST BE HANDLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPE-CIAL ESDS HANDLING PROCEDURES. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN RESULT IN DAMAGE TO ESDS DEVICES.

B. Initial Test Equipment Setup

(1) Set the IN 182A function selector to the off position.

(2) Connect the ART 2000 to the test harness.

(3) Connect the dummy load to the ART using the adapter plate in the bench test kit (050-03299-0000).

(4) Set S1 on the tester for RT ON(NOT)/OFF #1 and S2 for input to Control Bus #1 .

C. Return To Service Test Procedures

(1) Voltage and Current Check

(a) Turn on the test equipment, leaving the IN 182A function selector in the OFF position.

(b) Check the ammeter on the 28 V power supply. It should read less than 25 ma.

(c) Set the IN 182A to the ON position. Set the power supply to 27.5 V dc.

(d) The ammeter should read less than 3.0 Amps.


Page 1003June/200234-40-11

(2) Refer to Section 2.4 of the RDR 2000 Installation Manual (Part Number 006-00643-00XX.

(3) Sensitivity Time Control (stc)

(a) Set the function selector on the IN 182A to the ON position and select Wx mode. Set the range to 40 NM.

(b) Set the target width to 35 µsec.

(c) If the ART being tested is configured for a 10 inch antenna, refer to table 1001 for target distance, signal level and color relationship. If the ART is configured for a 12 inch antenna, refer to table 1002.

NOTE: The following is the ART 2000 Weather Avoidance Radar Return to Service Check List.


Page 1004June/2002 34-40-11

ART 2000 Weather Avoidance Radar Return to Service Check List

Serial Number__________ (Page 1 of 2)(REV. 2)

PROC TEST MEASURED LIMITSSTEP DESCRIPTION DATA CONDITIONS

(1) VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CHECKS Off Current ________Amps <0.025 ampsOn Current ________Amps 3.0 amps Max.

(2) System Configuration and CalibrationAntenna Clearance ________ (OK)

Stabilization CalibrationAnalog Source

400 Hz ________(OK) 0.0 ± 0.5Pitch (up 10) ________(OK) 10.0 U ± 1Pitch (down 10) ________(OK) 10.0 D ± 1Pitch (level 0) ________(OK) 0.0 ± 1Roll (right 30) ________(OK) 30.0 R ± 1Roll (left 30) ________(OK) 30.0 L ± 1Roll (level 0) ________(OK) 0.0 ± 1

429 SourcePitch (up 10) ________(OK) 10.0 U ± 1Pitch (down 10) ________(OK) 10.0 D ± 1Pitch (level 0) ________(OK) 0.0 ± 1Roll (right 20) ________(OK) 20.0 R ± 1Roll (left 20) ________(OK) 20.0 L ± 1Roll (level 0) ________(OK) 0.0 ± 1

(3) Sensitivity Time Control (stc)

Antenna Range Target SignalSize Display Dist Width Color Level(IN) (NM) (NM) (uS) (30%)

12 40 20 35 GRN ______(OK) -99 ± 3dBm12 40 20 35 YEL ______(OK) -90 ± 3dBm12 40 20 35 RED ______(OK) -82 ± 3dBm12 40 20 35 MAG ______(OK) -78 ± 3dBm

12 40 20 35 RED ______(OK) -88 ± 3dBm

10 40 10 35 GRN ______(OK) -101 ± 3dBm10 40 10 35 YEL ______(OK) -92 ± 3dBm10 40 10 35 RED ______(OK) -84 ± 3dBm10 40 10 35 MAG ______(OK) -80 ± 3dBm10 40 20 35 RED ______(OK) -91 ± 3dBm


Page 1005June/200234-40-11


Page 1006June/2002 34-40-11

NOTE: BE AWARE THAT THRESHOLD LEVELS AND TOLERANCE RANGES MIGHT OVERLAP.

NOTE: BE AWARE THAT THRESHOLD LEVELS AND TOLERANCE RANGES MIGHT OVERLAP.

(4) Pulse Repetition Frequency (prf)

(a) Connect the output of the RD 300 or equivalent to the scope. Set the PWR/∆F control on the RD 300 to the PWR position. Set the PRF/RF switch to the PRF position.

(b) Set the IN 182A function selector to the ON posi-tion and set to Wx mode.

(c) The frequency should read 106 Hz ± 5 Hz.

TARGET DISTANCE (NM) SIGNAL LEVEL (± 6 dBm) COLOR (30%)

20 -87 MAGENTA

20 -91 RED

20 -99 YELLOW

20 -108 GREEN

Table 1001STC with 10 Inch Antenna

TARGET DISTANCE (NM) SIGNAL LEVEL (± 6 dBm) COLOR (30%)

20 -84 MAGENTA

20 -88 RED

20 -96 YELLOW

20 -105 GREEN

Table 1002STC With 12 Inch Antenna


Page 1007June/200234-40-11

(5) Transmitter Frequency and Power

(a) Set the PRF/RF switch on the RD 300 to the RF po-sition.

(b) The frequency should read 9375 MHz ± 30 MHz.

(c) The power output should be from 2.5 kW to 6 kW.

(6) Transmitted Pulse Width

(a) The pulse width shown on the scope should be 3.85 to 4.35 µsec.

(7) Automatic Gain Control (agc)

(a) Set the RD 300 for an rf level of -120 dBm.

(b) Set the IN 182A to Wx mode with a range of 240 NM.

(c) There should be a maximum of 5 noise dots averaged over several sweeps.

(8) Automatic Frequency Control (afc)

(a) Set the PWR/∆F switch on the RD 300 to ∆F.

(b) Set the ∆F OFFSET to CAL. To meter should be cen-tered at 0.

(c) Adjust the ∆F OFFSET for a maximum peak. There should be less than 200 kHz difference from the CAL position.

(9) Antenna Scan

(a) Set the IN 812A to the ON position in Horizontal Scan. Verify Full Deflection of 100°. Verify that the scan time for one sweep is 4 ± 0.5 seconds.

(b) Push the VP Button on the IN812 to Vertical Pro-file. Verify full bottom to top motion.

(c) Set the IN812 to the SBY position. Verify that the antenna parks with 0° Azimuth and Tilt at -30.

(10) High and Low Voltage Check

(a) Set the power supply voltage to 32 V dc. The unit should operate normally.

(b) Set the power supply voltage to 20 V dc. The unit should operated normally.

(c) Set the power supply voltage to 27.5 V dc.


Page 1008June/2002 34-40-11

(11) RT ON/OFF Discretes

(a) Set the IN 182A function selector to the OFF posi-tion.

(b) Set S1 on the bench tester/harness to the #2 input.

(c) Set the IN 182A function selector to the ON posi-tion. The ART shall come on and function normally.

(d) Set the IN 182A function selector to the OFF posi-tion. The ART shall power down after reaching the park position.

(e) Set S1 to the #3 position and repeat steps (c) and (d).

(f) Return S1 to the #1 position.

(12) Strut Switch

Remove the bench test Configuration Module from the test setup. Place the module in the KPA 900 Configuration Module Programmer. Configure the bench test Configura-tion Module to disable the strut switch override. Refer to the KPA 900 Operator’s Guide (P/N 006-05392-00XX) for this procedure. Return the module to the test setup.

(a) Power Up. Go to the ON Mode.

(b) Apply 3.5 Vdc to the bench tester/harness STRUT SWITCH IN. The ART should stop transmitting and show a TX_FLT.

(c) Remove the 3.5 Vdc. The ART should begin trans-mitting.

(13) Gyro Fault Program configuration Mod for Analog Gyro’s

(a) Set the IN 182A to Wx mode. Turn the STAB ON by pushing in the Tilt Knob.

(b) Remove all gyro inputs. The word STAB OFF should be displayed on the screen.

(c) Reconnect the gyro inputs.

(14) DIP Switch

(a) Check the Dip Switch on the Logic Board. They are accessible through the small window near the con-nector harness.

S5001 - 1, 2, and 7 should be ON.S5001 - 3, 6, and 8 should be OFF.Switch - 4 and 5 should be set for attached antenna. Please see Installation Manual(006-0643-00XX).


Page 1009June/200234-40-11

4. Troubleshooting Procedures

A. Procedure to investigate system faults with the RDR 2000. System level faults are annunciated by an alternating (flash-ing) ANT and TX fault on the indictor display when in TEST mode.

(1) Objectives

(a) The objective of this document is to inform those investigating and maintaining the RDR 2000 tools available to assist diagnosis of problems.

(b) This document is to provide a concise diagnostic reference for engineering and service personnel.

(2) Background

(a) The RDR 2000 has internal diagnostic software which interrogates itself to determine problems or potential problems. When a failure is located, flag is set, and annunciated by alternating ANT/TX faults in TEST mode.

(b) An EFIS simply enters the ASCII text pages and all diagnostics may be evaluated. The indicators, such as the IN 182 do not have text pages. A spe-cial provision has been created in the maintenance pages.

(3) Scope

This document outlines the procedures to determine the extended error codes for system faults. EFIS ASCII text pages are briefly outlined but are not explicitly "walked through". The extended error codes from an in-dicator are explained.

B. Viewing System Errors with an EFIS

This is simply the case of entering the EFIS ASCII text pages and selecting 453 radar bus. The ART will provide text to allow the operator to navigate and to investigate all func-tionality of the ART.

The screens exists to display the following: hours of oper-ation, temperatures, failures, voltage levels, etc.

Consult the EFIS Manual for more information.


Page 1010June/2002 34-40-11

C. Viewing System Errors with an Indicator

An indicator such as the IN 182 does not provide text pages. Therefore a flashing code system has been implemented. The codes flash with a header then a four code sequence.

Enter TEST Mode, a system fault is indicated by alternating ANT and TX faults. Enter the Maintenance Mode (simultaneously depress the Wx and VP buttons). To begin receiving the ex-tended codes change tilt to +15 degrees.

GYRO H Volt AFC AGC /* ROM FAULT*/ GYRO H Volt AGC AFC /* RAM FAULT*/ GYRO AFC H Volt AGC /* NVRAM FAULT*/ GYRO AFC AGC H Volt /* STC RAM FAULT*/ GYRO AGC H Volt AFC /* CM HW FAULT*/ GYRO AGC AFC H Volt /* CM DATA FAULT*/ H Volt GYRO AFC AGC /* AIR TEMP ALARM*/ H Volt GYRO AGC AFC /* UNIT TEMP ALARM*/

H Volt AFC AGC GYRO /* +5V FAULT*/ H Volt AFC GYRO AGC /* +8V FAULT*/ H Volt AGC GYRO AFC /* +9V FAULT*/ H Volt AGC AFC GYRO /* +15V FAULT*/ AFC H Volt GYRO AGC /* -15V FAULT*/ AFC H Volt AGC GYRO /* 24V FAULT*/ AFC GYRO H Volt AGC /* 28V FAULT*/ AFC GYRO AGC H Volt /* Tuning Voltage*/

AFC AGC H Volt GYRO /*AGC FAULT*/ AFC AGC GYRO H Volt /*Spare*/ AGC H Volt AFC GYRO /*Spare*/ AGC H Volt GYRO AFC /*Spare*/ AGC AFC H Volt GYRO /*High Voltage FAULT*/ AGC AFC GYRO H Volt /*Missing Pulse FAULT*/ AGC GYRO H Volt AFC /*AFC FAULT*/ AGC GYRO AFC H Volt /*SPARE FAULT*/

GYRO H Volt AFC 400 Hz /*H/W Counter FAULT*/ GYRO H Volt 400 Hz AFC /*Limit Exceeded FAULT*/ GYRO AFC H Volt 400 Hz /*No Ant Movement FAULT* GYRO AFC 400 Hz H Volt /*Tracking exceeds limit FAULT*/ GYRO 400 Hz H Volt AFC /*ANT 5 FAULT*/ GYRO 400 Hz AFC H Volt /*SPARE FAULT*/

D. ART 2000 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following is a recommended sequence of events when trou-bleshooting a logic board for the ART 2000. It is recommended that the logic board be placed in a unit with a known good power supply, receiver, magnetron, and gymbol assembly.

(1) Turn on power to unit and set the indicator to standby - if the indicator shows IN FLT 6 in the lower right corner, then do steps (2) through (4). If not, the mo-tors should go through an initialization which will cause the antenna to bounce against the mechanical stops. Then go to step (5).


Page 1011June/200234-40-11

(2) Check the power supply voltages at the following test points:

TP 10 +5 voltsTP 11 +15 voltsTP 12 -15 voltsTP 13 +24 volts

If there are no voltages, check the ON/OFF line at J2-P14 for a low voltage. Check for solder shorts. If the 5 volt line is low, all other voltages will be low.

(3) Check signal at TP 22 (LCA_DONE). When the power is cy-cled from OFF to ON, the LCA_DONE signal should be ob-served.

If the LCA_DONE (TP 22) line goes high and stays high after approximately 1.7 seconds, then the FPGA’s and Mi-croprocessor are working (See figure 1002).

If the LCA_DONE line does not go high after approximate-ly 1.7 seconds, then the FPGA’s did not load correctly. Check the soldering of the FPGA pins and also U13.

If the LCA_DONE line goes high after approximately 1 second, but then goes low again, then the FPGA’s loaded correctly, but the microprocessor is not working (See figure 1003). Check the soldering of the microprocessor (U1), the microprocessor ROM socket (U3), and the micro-processor RAM (U4).

(4) Check 453 Transmitter at TP 20 and TP 15 for 453 data (See figures 1004, 1005, and 1006). 453 data consists of 1600 bits at a 1 MHz rate. The "packet" of data should last 1.6 msec. The amplitude of the voltage should be at least 2 volts. Check the soldering of pins on the 453 FPGA (U41), 453 RAM (U59), and the 453 Driver (U125).

(5) Turn the indicator from standby to test and then check to see if the unit changes modes. If the unit stays in standby then no test pattern will be displayed and no antenna movement. Check the 429 receiver circuits (Page 6 of the schematic). Waveform is shown in figure 1007.


Page 1012June/2002 34-40-11

Figure 1002Normal Microprocessor and FPGA Turn-on


Page 1013June/200234-40-11

Figure 1003FPGA’s programmed correctly, but microprocessor is inoperative


Page 1014June/2002 34-40-11

Figure 1004Start Sync of 453 Transmission


Page 1015June/200234-40-11

Figure 1005Stop Sync of 453 Transmission


Page 1016June/2002 34-40-11

Figure 1006Data Packet of 453 Transmission


Page 1017June/200234-40-11

Figure 1007Received 429 Data


Page 1018June/2002 34-40-11

(6) If the IF alignment has not been performed, then it should be done at this time. If the IF does not align, check for open inductor on the +15 volt inputs into each stage.

(7) Check the Manual Gain and STC/AGC voltage at TP 7 and TP 2. With the unit in standby or test, the voltages should be around 7 volts.

If the Manual Gain is not working properly, then check the soldering of U27 and U28.

If the STC/AGC is not working properly, then check the soldering of STC FPGA (U37), STC RAM (U118), STC D/A (U119), and STC Driver (U122).

(8) Now perform the AFC calibration procedure. The follow-ing is the AFC calibration procedure sequence of events:

AFC Course - LO Tuning Voltage starts at approximately 15 volts and sweeps down.

AFC Fine - This voltage (U27-P2) will start at 5 volts and sweep down to 2.5 volts.

AFC Offset - This voltage will start at 5 volts (U27-P1) and sweep down to 0 volts.

(a) Check the LO Tuning voltage at TP 6. This voltage should be around 8 volts.

(b) If AFC Course does not lock, then check the fol-lowing:

1 The Quad DAC (U27) should output 0 to 5 volts on pins 1, 2, 19, and 20.

2 The AFC Course (U27-P20) should start at 5 volts and sweep down. If the LO Tuning volt-age stops at approximately 8 volts, then the AFC Course should be at approximately 3.4 volts.

3 If the AFC Course does not lock, then check the signal at the Video A/D (TP 23). The AFC course circuit will read the Video A/D in search for a signal at approximately 200 NM. If the AFC Course calibration procedure does not find a target at 100 NM, then it will con-tinue to sweep.

(c) If AFC Fine does not lock, then check the follow-ing:

1 If the AFC Fine keeps on sweeping, then check the input signal to the Discriminator A/D. If this signal is correct (See figures 1008 through 1012), then check the A/D’s outputs.


Page 1019June/200234-40-11

2 The Discriminator A/D’s output will be stored in the first eight locations of the STC RAM. If the outputs from the A/D are correct, then check the operation of the STC RAM.

(9) Now perform Detector calibration procedures.

The detector calibration will calibrate the STC Curves, Manual Gain Curves, Color Thresholds, and Weather Com-pensation Thresholds.

Check the STC and Manual Gain voltage at TP2 and TP7. If the voltages are not correct, then see Step (7) for circuit details.

(10) Check to see if the indicator is showing a target at 100 NM. With a target of approximately -100 dBm, a green band should be displayed at 100 NM.

(a) If the indicator is not displaying a target at 100 NM, then check the following:

1 Check the video for a signal at TP 23, if not signal, then go back to step 7.

2 Check out the three sources of data to the Wx ROM (U38).

a Weather data from the Video A/D (U36 - VID_0 to VID_7).

b Weather Compensation from STC FPGA (U37 - WCAO to WCA5). (See figure 1013).

c ESTC data from STC FPGA (U37 - ESA0 to ESA3). See figure 1014).

3 Check the output from the Wx ROM (U38) to the input of Wx RAM (U39). (See figure 1015).

4 Check the address to the Wx RAM (U39). (See figure 1016).

5 Check the radial summation. (See figures 1015 and 1016).

6 Check the radial transfer from Wx RAM (U39) to the 453 RAM (U59). (See figure 1017).

(11) Apply the gyro input signals to the unit. Check the voltages at TP 27. These voltages shall vary as the gyro simulator is changed in pitch or roll or reference. (See figures 1018 and 1019).

(12) If the configuration Module has been read correctly, the gyro outputs should be of proper amplitudes (reference should be around 2.5 volts.)


Page 1020June/2002 34-40-11

(13) Now turn the unit OFF and then back ON to the Test Mode. Check to see if the antenna "soft starts". This will check the Hall sensor input circuits and the multiplexed A/D. (See figures 1020 and 1021).

(14) Now select the 80 NM range in the Test Mode. Check the temperature of the unit to see if the logic board tem-perature sensor circuit is working. (Red band at ap-proximately 25 NM).

Figure 1008Discriminator input to the Discriminator A/D


Page 1021June/200234-40-11

Figure 1009Discriminator input to the Discriminator A/D


Page 1022June/2002 34-40-11

Figure 1010STC Curve and Manual Gain for Weather


Page 1023June/200234-40-11

Figure 1011STC Curve and Manual Gain for Map


Page 1024June/2002 34-40-11

Figure 1012STC Curve and Manual Gain for Weather over multiple Mag fires


Page 1025June/200234-40-11

Figure 1013Weather Compensation Bit 0


Page 1026June/2002 34-40-11

Figure 1014Extended STC Bit 0


Page 1027June/200234-40-11

Figure 1015Compensated Weather Data Bit 3


Page 1028June/2002 34-40-11

Figure 1016Weather RAM Address 0


Page 1029June/200234-40-11

Figure 1017Radial Data Transfer from WX_RAM to 453_RAM


Page 1030June/2002 34-40-11

Figure 1018Reference, Pitch, and Roll Inputs


Page 1031June/200234-40-11

Figure 1019Reference, Pitch, and Roll Inputs


Page 1032June/2002 34-40-11

Figure 1020Pitch Hall Sensor to MUX A/D


Page 1033June/200234-40-11

Figure 1021Azimuth Hall Sensor to MUX A/D


4June/2002 34-40-11

E. The sequence for the testing and troubleshooting of the Power Supply board for the ART 2000 should proceed using the fol-lowing guidelines. It is recommended that a known good Logic Board be placed in the unit prior to testing the Motor Drive circuitry.

(1) Turn on the power to the unit and set the indicator to STBY. Check the power supply voltages at the following test points:

L5 = +5.2 V ± 0.25 VdcL8 = +9.3 V ± 1.00 VdcL7 = +24 V ± 2.5 VdcL6 = +26.25 V ± 0.5 Vdc/-1.0 VdcCR16-Anode = +15 V ± 1.5 VdcCR17-Cathode = +15 V ± 1.5 Vdc

(a) If there are no voltages at any of the above test points, check the fuse (F1), the ON/OFF circuitry associated with Q18, and confirm that the aircraft +28 volt buss is not greater than +36 Vdc.

(b) If +28 volts is present at L6 but either the +5 volt or +9.3 volt line is low or absent, check for shorts to ground on all the low voltage supply out-puts. Also confirm the presence of the correct waveforms at TP10, TP11, and T5-4. See figures 1022, 1023, and 1024.

(c) If the +28 volt line is low at L6 and both the +5 volt and the +9.3 volt lines are present, check for a shorted motor driver (U33, U34, U49, or U50), a shorted Flyback Switch (Q1), a short on the +28 volt filtered line, or a failure in the ON/OFF latching circuitry (U8, U20, and associated cir-cuitry).

(d) If the +5 volt line is low, check for shorts on the +5 volt, -15 volt, +15 volt, and the +24 volt bus-ses, or that the FPGA (U11) has not booted up cor-rectly.

CAUTION: If (U11) does not boot up correctly, it will become extremely hot. Operation in this condition for an excess of fifteen (15) minutes may cause damage and require it to be replaced.


Page 1035June/200234-40-11

Signal: +5 Vdc Pulse Width Modulator OutputLocation: TP10Volts/Div: 10 V/DivTime/Div: 5 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1022(TP10)

Normal Operation of the +5 Vdc Pulse Width Modulator (U5)


Page 1036June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: +9.3 Vdc Pulse Width Modulator OutputLocation: TP11Volts/Div: 10 V/DivTime/Div: 5 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1023

(TP11)Normal Operation of the +9.3 Vdc Pulse Width Modulator (U6)


Page 1037June/200234-40-11

Signal: -15 Vdc Flyback OutputLocation: T5-4Volts/Div: 20 V/DivTime/Div: 5 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1024(T5-4)

Normal Operation of the -15 Vdc Flyback Winding (T5)


Page 1038June/2002 34-40-11

(e) If the +9.3 volt line is low, check for shorts on the outputs of T2 and J1.

(f) If the fuse blows repeatedly upon turn-on, check for line to line shorts on the output of the +5 volt or the 0.3 volt supplies, incorrect polarity of the aircraft +28 volt buss, or a short to ground through a filter capacitor on the aircraft +28 volt buss.

(2) To check the Transmitter time-out timer, turn the indi-cator function switch to OFF and allow it to remain OFF for 30 seconds. Cycle through STBY to ON while moni-toring the time period until either the transmitter fires or U2-2 goes high. This time period may vary from 40-90 seconds. If the output at U2-2 does not go high after a reasonable period of time, check the circuitry in and around U2A.

In the event that the transmitter does not fire after the time-out period has expired, either no transmit pulse is present or no high voltage is present, proceed through the following steps.

(a) No detected RF pulse

1 Confirm that there is a valid MAG_FIRE_OUT signal from the Logic board. See Figure 1025 (U20-2)

2 Confirm that there is a valid Long Pulse Gate at U20-13. See Figure 1026 (U20-13). This gate enables U54A to pass a valid MAG_FIRE_OUT signal while at the same time preventing a dc level from triggering the transmitter on continuously.

3 Confirm that there is a MAG_FIRE pulse at TP8. See figure 1027 (TP8).

4 Confirm that there is a valid Modulator Switch Drive pulse at TP5. See figure 1028 (TP5). A continuous low here could indicate that Q3 is shorted, while a continuous high could indicate that Q2 is shorted. If Q2 is found to be shorted, suspect a Drain to Gate failure of Q4 caused by overvoltage.

If an overvoltage condition is suspected, open the circuit to troubleshoot by removing Q4 and verifying the operation of both the Modulator Switch Fet Gate and High Voltage Overvoltage circuitry. (High Voltage = 375 Vdc Maximum). See figure 1029 (TP4).


Page 1039June/200234-40-11

5 Confirm that you have a high-voltage pulse at the Drain of Q4. See figure 1030 (CR 5 Cath-ode). If there is no high voltage pulse, check for shorts to ground on the primary side of T2. Also check the operation of the high-voltage supply.

(b) In the event that a pulse is present at the gate of Q4 but not at the Drain, the next step is to check the High-voltage Power Supply.

(3) No detected RF Pulse

WARNING: OPERATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT INVOLVES THE USE OF HIGH VOLTAGES. THE TECHNICIAN OR OPERATOR SHOULD OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN PERFORMING ANY TESTS OUT- LINED IN THIS SEC-TION.

(a) Check the high-voltage supply after time-out at CR4-Cathode or at L9. The voltage should be be-tween 285 to 375 Vdc. See figure 1031 (Jct L9-CR4).

If the voltage is absent, shut down the power to the unit and check for short circuits on the pri-mary of T2. If a short is found, suspect a shorted Q4, CR1, C11, C13, or a short from the primary of T2 to ground. If no short circuits are found, then the high-voltage supply and its controlling cir-cuitry are suspect.

(b) Check that the HV_ENABLE input from the Logic board is low. If there is a low present, check for the correct waveform at TP1. See figure 1032. If this voltage is 2 ± 0.5 Vdc, then continue.

(c) If the voltage at TP1 is 0 Vdc check Q10, Q28, or U18C and their associated circuitries. These com-ponents make up the overvoltage sense circuit and a short circuit failure here can cause the power supply to shut down completely. However, an open circuit failure here can cause the output of the high-voltage supply to reach 800 Vdc or more de-pending on the input voltage.

CAUTION:THIS CONDITION EVEN MOMENTARILY, WILL PROBABLY REQUIRE THE REPLACEMENT OF SEV-ERAL COMPONENTS IN THE HIGH-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITRY.

(d) If the high-voltage is absent or low but TP1 has the correct waveform, check that TP14 has a higher voltage than TP1. If TP14 does not have a higher voltage than TP1, remove power from the unit and remove R204 from the circuit. This will open the Pulse Height Regulator servo loop in order to com-plete troubleshooting the high-voltage supply.


Page 1040June/2002 34-40-11

After turn-on and time-out, the high-voltage out-put at L9 should be 370 ± 5 Vdc. If not, trouble-shoot the high-voltage power supply Controller Os-cillator at U1-7. See figure 1033 (U1-7).

(e) If the Oscillator is functioning check the output of the UC2843 Pulse Width Modulator at U1-10. See figure 1034 (U1-10). If there is an output present at U1-10 (even if much narrower than Figure 1034) consider the Pulse Width Modulator okay and con-tinue checking the high-voltage power supply by verifying that the waveform at TP2, is similar to Figure 1035 (TP2).

This waveform is the flyback signal and is true during the period of time that Q1 is turned OFF. The amplitude of this signal varies with the input signal and the output load. An open circuit would cause this voltage to dramatically increase in value while a short circuit would dramatically lower this signal.

Operating the ART 2000 without a MAG_FIRE pulse (no load) will force the Pulse Width Modulator to burst cycle and lower the duty cycle dramatically.


Page 1041June/200234-40-11

Signal: Logic Board MAG_FIRE_OUTLocation: U20-2Volts/Div: 1 V/DivTime/Div: 1 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1025(U20-2)

MAG_FIRE_OUT Pulse From Logic Board


Page 1042June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: Modulator Trigger Long Pulse GateLocation: U20-13Volts/Div: 1 V/DivTime/Div: 1 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1026(U20-13)

Long Pulse Gate


Page 1043June/200234-40-11

Signal: Modulator TriggerLocation: TP8Volts/Div: 1 V/DivTime/Div: 1 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1027(TP8)

Mag Fire Pulse


Page 1044June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: Switch Driver InputLocation: TP5Volts/Div: 5 V/DivTime/Div: 1 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1028(TP5)

Modulator Switch Drive


Page 1045June/200234-40-11

Signal: Modulator Switch DriveLocation: TP4Volts/Div: 5 V/DivTime/Div: 1 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1029(TP4)

Modulator Switch FET Gate


Page 1046June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: Modulator Switch VoltageLocation: Drain Q4Volts/Div: 100 V/DivTime/Div: 1 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1030(CR5 Cathode)

Modulator Transformer Primary Voltage


Page 1047June/200234-40-11

Signal: Hi Volt P/S Refresh RateLocation: Jct L9-CRVolts/Div: 10 V/Div AC coupledTime/Div: 2 msec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1031(Jct L9-CR4)

Normal Signal for the High Voltage Power Supply RefreshRate with Magnetron Current Set to 3 Amps, 100 Hz PRF Rate


Page 1048June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: HV P/S Controller Output CompensationLocation: TP1Volts/Div: 500 mV/DivTime/Div: 2 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1032(TP1)

Normal Signal at the Overvoltage ControlFrequency Compensation Port of the HV P/S PWM


Page 1049June/200234-40-11

Signal: HV P/S Controller OscillatorLocation: U1-7Volts/Div: 500 mV/DivTime/Div: 5 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1033(U1-7)

Normal Signal at the Oscillator Port of the HV P/S PWM Controller U1-7


Page 1050June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: HV P/S Controller OutputLocation: U1-10Volts/Div: 5 V/DivTime/Div: 5 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1034(U1-10)

Normal Signal from the Output of the HV P/S PWMControl to the gate of Q1


Page 1051June/200234-40-11

Signal: HV P/S Flyback Primary VoltageLocation: TP2Volts/Div: 50 V/DivTime/Div: 5 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1035(TP2)

Normal Flyback signal at the HV P/S Transformer Primary


Page 1052June/2002 34-40-11

(f) The Flyback transformer secondary is shown in figure 1036 (CR1-Anode). The same rules for the primary apply to the secondary as well. figure 1037 (Flyback Cur-rent) is an example of the expected voltage developed across R13 due to Flyback Primary Current.

A short circuit on the secondary will cause this sig-nal to be much higher which in turn will activate the over-current point on the Pulse Width Modulator (U1-5) thus shortening the duration of the PWM output pulse.

(4) In the event that a pulse is present at the Drain of Q4, and the high-voltage power supply output (measured at L9) is within the specified limits (285 to 375 Vdc), the next step is to measure and set the Magnetron Current through the Magnetron Current Loop Cutout provided on the board.

This cutout, located directly below the pulse transformer (T2), is designed to accept a standard current probe from the non-component side of the board. The expected current at this point is 3 amperes peak. An adjustment is provided (R200) to set the Magnetron current to the required 3 am-peres. See Figure 1038 (Magnetron Current).

(a) No Detected RF Pulse or Incorrect Magnetron Current Level.

1 If the current measured through the Magnetron Current Cutout is below 1.5 Amps, suspect a relatively high impedance in the Primary of T2.

2 A current measurement of 0 amperes, of course, would indicate an open circuit in the secondary of T2.

3 A current measurement of 5 to 10 amperes would indi-cate a short circuit to ground on the secondary of T2 or a short to ground in the Magnetron.

4 A current measurement of 4 amperes which is not ad-justable by R200 but with the high-voltage power sup-ply output within specifications (370 # 5 Vdc) would indicate a failure in the Pulse Height Regulator cir-cuitry or the absence of R204 if it was removed ear-lier for troubleshooting.

If R204 has been removed, confirm that TP14 is below TP1 but not below 1.5 Vdc. If so, reinstall R204 and adjust Magnetron current to 3 amperes.

5 If the current cannot be adjusted by R200 or the volt-age at TP14 is out of limits, check for a Magnetron Current Sense Delay Gate at TP17. See Figure 1039 (TP17); U58-4, for proper signal.


Page 1053June/200234-40-11

This gate generates a delay until the middle of the Magnetron Current Pulse and triggers U58-10 which generates the Magnetron Current Sense Gate, a 1 µsec wide pulse at U58-5, which enables the Magnetron Cur-rent Sample and Hold Switch (U60). See Figure 1040 (TP16).

The other inputs to U60 are the conditioned Magnetron Current Pulse, the HV_ENABLE discrete, and -5 Vdc. See figure 1041 (TP20). When U60 is enabled by the Magnetron Current Sense Gate, it samples the Magne-tron Current Pulse U60-3, and charges the hold capac-itors C144 through R221 to the sampled level.

NOTE: The input impedance of U61A is so high that the output should be monitored with the oscilloscope probe rather than the input to prevent loading C144.

The output of U61A is expected to be a constant voltage with an amplitude equal to the input volt-age during the sample time period. This signal is then buffered through U61A, and drives U61B which inverts and amplifies this control voltage for the high-voltage power supply pulse width modulator (U1-3). See Figure 1043 (TP14) U61-7.

R200 is used to set the gain for U61B, and its range allows for the compensation of different Magnetrons which are used.

The HV_ENABLE discrete is used as the enable for U60B. Its purpose is to set the quiescent condi-tion for C144 to -5 Vdc and force the Magnetron Current Pulse to always start below 3 amperes and regulate up to the desired value rather than to overshoot high and regulate down to the desired level.

6 The Missing Pulse detector (U61C, U61D, and their as-sociated circuitry) comprises a peak current detector which monitors the conditioned Magnetron Current (See figure 1042). If the current is between the limits of 1.5 and 3.4 amperes, the Missing Pulse detector out-puts a negative going pulse. This pulse is an input to the Logic Board Microprocessor. If its absence is detected for 16 transmit cycles, the microprocessor flags the indicator with a TX_FLT.


Page 1054June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: HV P/S Flyback Secondary VoltageLocation: CR1 AnodeVolts/Div: 100 V/DivTime/Div: 5 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1036(CR1 Anode)

Normal Output Voltage from the HV P/S Transformer Secondary


Page 1055June/200234-40-11

Signal: T1 Primary CurrentLocation: Jct R13-Q1 SourceVolts/Div: 100 mV/DivTime/Div: 2 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1037(Fly Current)

Normal Signal Due to the Flyback Primary CurrentFlowing Through R13


Page 1056June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: Magnetron CurrentLocation: Magnetron Current Loop CutoutVolts/Div: 10 mV/Div 50 Ohms (1 Amp/DivTime/Div: 1 µsec/DivProbe: Tek TM502A/A6302 Probe (1 Amp/Div)Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1038(Current Loop Magnetron Current)

Typical Current as Measured Through the Current Probe Cutout


Page 1057June/200234-40-11

Signal: Magnetron Current Sense Delay GateLocation: TP17Volts/Div: 2 V/DivTime/Div: 400 nsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1039(TP17)

Magnetron Current Sense Delay Gate


Page 1058June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: Magnetron Current Sense GateLocation: TP16Volts/Div: 2 V/DivTime/Div: 400 nsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1040(TP16)

Magnetron Current Sense Gate


Page 1059June/200234-40-11

Signal: Amplified Magnetron CurrentLocation: TP20Volts/Div: 1 V/DivTime/Div: 1 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1041(TP20)

Conditioned Magnetron Current Pulse


Page 1060June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: Missing Pulse DetectorLocation: TP15Volts/Div: 1 V/DivTime/Div: 1 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1042(TP15)

The MISSING_PULSE Output


Page 1061June/200234-40-11

Signal: Pulse Height Control VoltageLocation: TP14Volts/Div: 1 V/DivTime/Div: 1 µsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1043(TP14)

The CONTROL_VOLTS Input to the HV P/S PWM


Page 1062June/2002 34-40-11

(5) In the event that the high-voltage power supply voltage is low, the Magnetron current cannot be adjusted up to 3 amperes, and the correct operation of the HV P/S con-troller as well as the correct drive signal at TP4 has been confirmed; then excessive current draw from the high voltage power supply may be suspected.

One of the quickest ways to confirm this is to monitor the voltage at the Drain of Q4. See figure 1045 (CR5 Cathode) and figure 1045 (Q4 Drain Voltage/CR4 Current).

(a) Monitor closely the DC offset from ground for this signal over the period of the pulse. Ascertain a relative measurement of the current flow across the RDS_ON of Q4. Normally, Q4 will pull down to less than 30 Vdc over the entire pulse.

If this voltage tails upward towards the end of the pulse above 60 volts, troubleshoot for excessive current flow from the high-voltage power supply.

(b) Confirm and isolate the failure by lifting R14 and CR4 from the circuit and rechecking the Magnetron Current. See figure 1044 (Jct R14-C12/R14 Cur-rent).

Figure 1044 (Jct R14-C12/R14 Current) is included to show the relationship between the voltage and the current through R14 and Q7. Q7 is used to re-set the core of T2 after every pulse. It can best be described as a Damper or Pulse Tail Clipper.

When T2 reverses polarity after Q4 turns off, the positive ringback above the high-voltage supply turns on Q7 as well as CR4. The cathode of Q7 is held low due to a charge stored in C12. When the gate of Q7 exceeds this charge by the turn-on volt-age of Q7, it discharges the energy stored in the core of T2.

CR4 only turns on momentarily. Its voltage and current waveforms are shown in figure 1045 (Q4 Drain/CR4 Current). In both cases, if the current waveform differs markedly from the plots shown, it indicates a failure.

(c) The current flowing in the primary of T2 can be measured by lifting L9, attaching a current probe, and reinstalling L9. The expected current is shown in figure 1046 (L9 Current). A short on the sec-ondary would be reflected back to the primary and 90 amperes or greater may be measured at this point during a failure.


Page 1063June/200234-40-11

(6) The following is a recommended sequence of events when troubleshooting the Motor Drive Circuitry of the ART 2000/ART 2100 Power Supply Board. It is recommended that a known good Logic Board be used for the following tests, as well as checking the Motor Windings themselves before applying power especially if the failure is re-lated to the Azimuth or Elevation antenna drive.

(a) No antenna movement in either Azimuth or Elevation upon turn-on.

1 Check that the Motor Drive Switch on the Log-ic board is in the ON position.

2 Check that there is +26.25 Vdc (FILTERED_MOTOR_A+) is present at L6.

3 Check that +5.2 Vdc ± 0.25 Vdc is present at TP10.

4 Check for continuity from the Power Supply connector (J1-31 through J1-40) to the Logic Board connector (J2-31 through J2-40).

5 Check the Azimuth and Elevation motor wind-ings themselves for opens or shorts. If an open or shorted winding is found, check for a shorted Motor Driver (U33, U34, U49, U50). If a shorted Motor Driver is found, check that the FPGA is being programmed and is run-ning by monitoring U11-80 the Done Program-ming pin. See figure 1047 (U11-80).


Page 1064June/2002 34-40-11

Top Trace Bottom Trace

Signal: Q7 Cathode Voltage Q7 Cathode CurrentLocation: Q7 Cathode R14Volts/Div: 100 V/Div 10 mV/Div 50 Ohms (5 A/Div)Time/Div: 1 µsec/Div 1 µsec/DivProbe: X 10 Tek TM502A/A6302 (5 A/Div)Trigger: External TP8 Positive External TP8 Positive

Figure 1044(Jct R14-C12/R14 Current)

Normal Current and Voltage Waveforms Expected at the Cathode of Q7


Page 1065June/200234-40-11

Top Trace Bottom Trace

Signal: Q4 Drain Voltage CR4 CurrentLocation: CR5 Cathode CR4Volts/Div: 100 V/Div 10 mV/Div 50 Ohms (1 A/Div)Time/Div: 1 µsec/Div 1 µsec/DivProbe: X 10 Tek TM502A/A6302 (1 A/Div)Trigger: External TP8 Positive External TP8 Positive

Figure 1045(Q4 Drain/CR4 Current)

Normal Current and Voltage Waveforms Expected Through CR4


Page 1066June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: T2 Primary CurrentLocation: L9Volts/Div: 20 mV/Div 50 Ohms (10 A/Div)Time/Div: 1 µsec/DivProbe: Tek AM503A/A6302 Prove (5 A/Div)Trigger: External TP8 Positive

Figure 1046(L9)

Normal Current Expected Through the Primary of T2


Page 1067June/200234-40-11

Signal: DP (Done Programming)Location: U11-80Volts/Div: 1 V/DivTime/Div: 2 sec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1047(U11-80)

The FPGA Done Programming Pin HighUpon Successful Loading of Stored ROM Program


Page 1068June/2002 34-40-11

Upon unit turn-on this pin should be low and after two seconds go high and remain high. Failure to do this indicates that the FPGA is not being programmed by its ROM U10.

6 Check for continuity between U10 and U11, also check for shorts between adjacent pins of the FPGA, U11. Check the operation of the FPGA clock (U11-30). See Figure 1048 (FPGA clock).

WARNING:Operation of the Power Supply board for a period exceeding 15 minutes with the FPGA running unprogrammed will overheat the FPGA, possibly causing its failure, and may dam-age the mounting area.

7 Once it has been determined that the FPGA is being programmed and is running, the next step is to check that the FPGA has the cor-rect output by checking the Sine, Cosine DAC’s.

There is a sine and a cosine DAC (U13) for both the Azimuth and Elevation motors. The data input lines to these DAC’s come from the ROM U10, while the timing and address infor-mation comes from the FPGA.

a Begin troubleshooting by confirming that U13-4 has +2.5 Vdc reference, if so, monitor U13-2 (Azimuth Current Lim-it Sine) and U13-1 (Azimuth Current Limit Cosine). See figure 1049 (Azi-muth Current Limit Sine) and figure 1050 (Azimuth Current Limit Cosine).

These points set the maximum current limit for the Motor Drivers. The Motor Driver Current is compared to this voltage in U12. The expected waveform at these points is a rectified sine-wave.

The output from U12, in turn, is used by the FPGA to control the on-time of the Motor Drivers. A non-sinusoidal waveform at any of the DAC outputs can be caused by one or more of the data lines being open from the ROM U10.

b The lack of a rectified sinusoid can be caused by one or more open address lines or an open between the FPGA (U11) and the Logic Board connector (J1-31 through J1-40 and J1-1 through J1-4).


Page 1069June/200234-40-11

8 Next switch the Indicator to VP mode and check the output of U13-20 (see figure 1051 - Elevation Current Limit Sine) and U13-19 (See figure 1052 - Elevation Current Limit Cosine). A correct waveform from these pins indicates that the FPGA is being loaded with and is running the correct program.

A problem with one or more of these waveforms indicates a problem on the BUSS between the FPGA and the DAC or between the Power Supply Board and the Logic Board.

9 Next, monitor the output from the Motor Driv-ers themselves. The current flowing from Az-imuth Current Sense (Sine) develops a voltage across their respective sense resistors. Re-fer to figure 1053 (U34-10 and the Azimuth Current Sense (Cosine) figure 1054 (U33-10).

Likewise, in VP mode, Elevation current Sense (Sine) and Elevation Current Sense (Cosine develop a voltage across their respective sense resistors. Refer to figure 1055 (U50-10) and figure 1056 (U49-10).

The voltage developed across the Current Sense resistor is analogous to 1.1 amps per volt. This voltage is used as one input to the Quad reset comparator, U12. For each comparator the appropriate Current Limit output from the DAC is paired with its appro-priate Motor Driver Current Sense output, re-fer to figures 1057 - 1060.

The output from the comparator is used to terminate the FPGA output to that Motor Driv-er thus maintaining motor current and gener-ating a quasi-sinewave drive for the antenna.

The absence of an output at pin 10 of the Mo-tor Drivers could indicate an open winding, an open sense resistor, or lack of a drive signal from the FPGA. Check pins 11, 7, and 5 of the Motor Drivers for the presence of a drive signal from the FPGA.

There will be no signal present on U49 or U50 unless in VP mode, conversely no drive sig-nals will be present on U33 or U34 during VP mode. A continuous high drive signal to one or more of the Motor drivers will in all likelihood cause its failure as well as the motor winding(s) it drives.


Page 1070June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: FPGA ClockLocation: U11-30Volts/Div: 2 V/DivTime/Div: 400 nsec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1048(U11-30)

1.025 MHz FPGA Clock


Page 1071June/200234-40-11

Signal: V Out A (Azimuth Current Limit Sine)Location: U13-2Volts/Div: 200 mV/DivTime/Div: 2 msec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1049(U13-2)

Azimuth Current Limit Sine


Page 1072June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: V Out B (Azimuth Current Limit Cosine)Location: U13-1Volts/Div: 200 mV/DivTime/Div: 2 msec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1050(U13-1)

Azimuth Current Limit Cosine


Page 1073June/200234-40-11

Signal: V Out C (Elevation Current Limit Sine - VP)Location: U13-20Volts/Div: 200 mV/DivTime/Div: 2 msec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1051(U13-20 VP Mode)

Elevation Current Limit Sine


Page 1074June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: V Out D (Elevation Current Limit Cosine - VP)Location: U13-19 (VP)Volts/Div: 200 mV/DivTime/Div: 2 msec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1052(U13-19)

Elevation Current Limit Cosine (VP Mode)


Page 1075June/200234-40-11

Signal: Azimuth Current Sense (Sine)Location: U34-10Volts/Div: 500 mV/DivTime/Div: 2 msec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1053U34-10

Azimuth Current Sense Sine


Page 1076June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: Azimuth Current Sense (Cosine)Location: U33-10Volts/Div: 500 mV/DivTime/Div: 2 msec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1054(U33-10)

Azimuth Current Sense Cosine


Page 1077June/200234-40-11

Signal: Elevation Current Sense (Sine)Location: U50-10Volts/Div: 500 mV/DivTime/Div: 2 msec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1055(U50-10)

Elevation Current Sense Sine (VP Mode)


Page 1078June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: Elevation Current Sense (Cosine)Location: U49-10Volts/Div: 500 mV/DivTime/Div: 2 msec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1056(U49-10)

Elevation Current Sense Cosine (VP Mode)


Page 1079June/200234-40-11

Signal: Azimuth Current Reset (Sine)Location: U12-2Volts/Div: 1 V/DivTime/Div: 2 msec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1057(U12-2)

Azimuth Current Reset (Sine)


Page 1080June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: Azimuth Current Reset (Cosine)Location: U12-1Volts/Div: 1 V/DivTime/Div: 20 msec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1058(U12-1)

Azimuth Current Reset (Cosine)


Page 1081June/200234-40-11

Signal: Elevation Current Reset (Sine)Location: U12-14Volts/Div: 1 V/DivTime/Div: 2- msec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1059(U12-14 VP Mode)

Elevation Current Reset (Sine)


Page 1082June/2002 34-40-11

Signal: Elevation Current Reset (Cosine)Location: U12-13Volts/Div: 1 V/DivTime/Div: 20 msec/DivProbe: X 10Trigger: Internal Positive

Figure 1060(U12-13)

Elevation Current Reset (Cosine)


Page 1083June/200234-40-11

5. Alignment Procedures

A. General

The alignment of the ART 2000 consists of the alignment of the magnetron, video if and receiver.

Alignment of the ART 2000 must be performed with all circuit modules and dummy load in place. All voltage readings at test points are referenced to ground unless otherwise stated.

WARNING: OPERATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT INVOLVES THE USE OF HIGH VOLTAGES. THE TECHNICIAN OR OPERATOR SHOULD OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN PERFORMING ANY TESTS OUTLINED IN THIS SECTION.

CAUTION: THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SEN-SITIVE (ESDS) DEVICES. UNIT MODULES AND INDIVIDUAL ESDS DEVICES MUST BE HANDLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPE-CIAL ESDS HANDLING PROCEDURES. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN RESULT IN DAMAGE TO ESDS DEVICES.

(1) Test Equipment

Refer to section 9001 - Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment.

(2) Environmental Conditions

Alignment shall be performed under ambient conditions with temperature of 25° ± 5° C except where Receiver Cal-ibration requires alignment at -55°, -30°, -5°, +20°, +45°, and +70°.

B. Pre-alignment Set-up Procedures

(1) Before applying power to the unit, set the bench tester/harness to the following parameters.

(a) Set the power supply to 27.5 V dc.

(b) Set S1 on the bench tester/harness for RT ON/OFF #1.

(c) Set S2 on the bench tester/harness for ARINC 429 control bus #1 operation.

(d) Set S4 on the bench tester/harness to the open po-sition.


Page 1084June/2002 34-40-11

C. Magnetron Current Set

(1) Remove cover and fold logic board down.

(2) Install a cross-coupler and load at the antenna port.

(3) Insert current probe in cutout port on the power supply board.

NOTE: The wave-form will be inverted if the probe is used from the component side of the board.

(4) Turn the unit on and wait for the one (1) minute warm-up period.

(5) Adjust R4200 for a peak current of 3.0 # 0.5 Amps.

NOTE: The peak current should be adjusted for best spectrum and power output. If the power output is above 3.0 kW, then adjust the peak current for best spectrum.

Spectrum:

• Only one primary peak.

• Symmetrical first side lobes (within 2 dB of each other).

• First side lobes at least 6 dB down.

• Tune the peak current to try and get the first side-lobes as close in amplitude as possible and still keep both of them as far down as possible from the primary peak.

(6) Select a value for L4009 that provides the least slope of the detected pulse.

(7) Voltage at TP4003 will be in the range of 270 to 340 Vdc.

(8) Allow the unit to run ten (10) minutes and verify the settings.

(9) Verify the correct power output.

D. 59 MHz IF ALIGNMENT

(1) Install the IF compartment cover.

(2) Place the unit in TEST or STBY Mode. This will cause the STC/AGC and the Man_Gain to be fixed at 7 volts.

(a) Using a coax, apply a signal from the Radar Signal Generator to the IF. This coax must provide a dc block form the IF to the Radar Signal Generator. The following procedure must be performed with the IF cover installed.

(b) Set the Radar Signal Generator to the following:

Mode: CWFrequency: 59 MHzPower Out Level: -20 dBm

(c) Adjust L5524 for 2.38 # 0.05 Vdc at TP5018.


Page 1085June/200234-40-11

(d) Set the Radar Signal Generator to the following:

Mode: CWFrequency: 59 MHzPower Out Level: -60 dBm

(e) Tune L5501, L5502, T5501, and T5502 for peak at TP5023.

(f) Adjust the signal input level to maintain 3.0 ± 0.5 Vdc.

(g) Sweep the input signal from 58 to 60 MHz and adjust L5501 and L5502 for the best bandpass symmetry and minimum ripple as viewed with an oscilloscope at TP5023.

(h) Verify that the half-voltage bandwidth is 900 ± 200 kHz and that the half-voltage symmetry is about 59.0 ± 0.1 MHz

E. RECEIVER CALIBRATION

NOTE: If the Logic Board or Receiver Assembly are replaced, the ART 2000 will need a complete temperature range calibra-tion. Tested temperatures are:-55°, -30°,-5°,+20°, +45°, and +70°. This will require the use of a calibrated temperature chamber-IE: Ther-motron or Similar. If a calibrated temperature chamber is not available, the ART 2000 will need to be returned to :Honeywell Repair and Overhaul 23500 W 105th St. Olathe Kansas, 66061

(1) Receiver calibration includes AFC, AGC, STC, MAN_GAIN and detector profiling in the following procedure. The following must be done before calibration:

(a) Toggle RCVR CAL ENABLE (SW5001-8) to the ON posi-tion.

(b) Stabilization must be OFF during receiver calibra-tion.

(c) Turn MOTORS OFF with SCAN DISABLE (S5001-2).

NOTE: When calibrating the receiver in ambient conditions (+25 degrees C), the default values will be loaded into all other tem-perature zones if SW5001-3 is in the OFF position. IF SW5001-3 is in the ON po-sition, then the default values will not be loaded.


Page 1086June/2002 34-40-11

F. AFC CALIBRATION (Must have S/W > 0103).

(1) Radar Signal Generator Settings:

TARGET RANGE - 100 NMTARGET LEVEL - OFF or -120 dBm (minimum signal input)TARGET WIDTH - 130 NM

(2) Ground AFC_CAL (J5001-16).

(3) Wait until CAL_LIGHT (J5001-38) goes high.

(4) Set the TARGET LEVEL to -85 dBm.

NOTE: If AGC cal does not lock, repeat cal using -75 dBm.

(5) Momentarily ground CAL_INC (J5001-15).

(6) CAL_LIGHT (J5001-38) will go high in approximately 15 seconds.

(7) Remove ground from AFC_CAL (J5001-16).

(8) Measure the AFC Offset to see if calibration is in tol-erance. If calibration is out of tolerance, then repeat steps (1) through (7). If the unit fails to pass after several tries, then the unit may require repair or IF filter re-alignment.

G. DETECTOR CALIBRATION (Must have S/W > 0103)

(1) Radar Signal Generator Settings:

TARGET RANGE 100 NMTARGET LEVEL -115 dBmTARGET WIDTH 130 NM

(2) Ground DET_CAL (J5001-14).

(3) Momentarily ground CAL_INC (J5001-15) and wait until CAL_LIGHT (J5001-38) goes high.

(4) Increment Radar Signal Generator’s TARGET LEVEL by 1 dB.

(5) Momentarily ground CAL_INC (J5001-15).

(6) CAL_LIGHT (J5001-38) will go low.

(7) Wait until the CAL_LIGHT (J5001-38) goes high and then repeat steps 3, 4, 5, and 6, 40 times.

(8) CAL_LIGHT (J5001-38) will FLASH after 40 times.


Page 1087June/200234-40-11

(9) Set the TARGET LEVEL to minimum signal input (OFF or -120 dBm).

(10) Momentarily ground CAL_INC (J5001-15) and wait for CAL_LIGHT (J5001-38) to FLASH.

(11) Set the TARGET LEVEL to -110 dBm (MDS) and then momen-tarily ground CAL_INC (J5001-15).

(12) The CAL_LIGHT (J5001-38) will stay ON.

(13) Remove the ground from DET_CAL (J5001-14).

(14) Now test MDS, STC, and Manual Gain to determine if the calibration was successful. If not, the repeat steps (1) through (13).

NOTE: Sensitivity Time Control (STC) Levels Set the indicator to 40 nm WX mode and verify the 30% color levels ±3 dB of the following table.

Table 1003

Calibration Table

NOTE: If the calibration was not successful, then the following guidelines may be helpful.

- if at +70 deg C, then start at -112 dBm.- if at -55 deg C, then start at -118 dBm.

(15) Toggle RCVR CAL ENABLE (SW5001-8) to the OFF position.

(16) Turn MOTORS ON with SCAN DISABLE (S5001-2).

6. Retest Procedure

After a fault has been isolated and repaired, the unit should be subjected to the functional test in the "Testing" section of this manual to ensure that the repaired area is operating correctly and that other areas have not been damaged during the repair procedure.

Antenna Size (in)

Display Tange (NM)

Target Distance (NM)

Target Width (uS)

ART 2000 Level (dBm)

Color Level (30%)

12 40 10 35 -97 GREEN

12 40 10 35 -88 YELLOW

12 40 10 35 -80 RED

12 40 10 35 -76 MAGENTA

12 40 20 35 -86 RED


Page 1088June/2002 34-40-11

7. Service Information

A. Proper Test Equipment UsageFailure of semiconductor devices and integrated circuits by accidental application of excessive voltage or current is re-duced with proper test equipment usage.(1) Do not use multimeters with sensitivities less than

5000-ohms-per-volt. Use at least a 20,000-ohms-per-volt multimeter or a vacuum tube voltmeter.

(2) Do not use test equipment with transformerless power supplies unless an isolation transformer is used in the ac power line.

(3) Use a conductive table top for testing and connect the table top to the ground conductor of the 60Hz power line.

(4) Test equipment with a line filter across the ac input can accidentally apply 55 Vac to semiconductor devices. Always connect a ground wire from the test equipment chassis to the chassis of the unit-under-test before making any other connections.

(5) All low impedance equipment (such as pulse generators, etc.) should be disconnected before dc power supplies are turned off.

B. Capacitor Testing(1) Check all capacitors with proper voltage polarity. Po-

larized capacitors are damaged by reverse voltage and should be replaced if that occurs.

(2) Check all capacitors with proper voltage level. A ca-pacitor may be damaged if the voltage applied exceeds the dc working voltage of that capacitor.

(3) When checking tantalum capacitors, use a series resistor to limit the charge and discharge rates to prevent surge damage to the capacitor. The value of the series resis-tor should be 10 ohms for each volt applied to the ca-pacitor.

C. Transistor Testing

CAUTION: BEFORE INSTALLING A REPLACEMENT TRANSISTOR, MAKE CERTAIN THAT OTHER ELEMENTS OF THE CIRCUIT ARE IN GOOD OPERATING ORDER. IF A DEFECT EXISTS IN THE CIR-CUIT, THE REPLACEMENT TRANSISTOR MAY ALSO FAIL.

Tables 1004 and 1005 provide typical testing data for PNP and NPN transistors. Connect the ohmmeter per po-larity indicated by base, collector and emitter columns of the tables.


Page 1089June/200234-40-11

CHECKNO.

BASE COLLECTOR EMITTER RANGE RELATIVE RESISTANCE

1 - + RX100 or RX1,000

Low (1,000 ohms or less)

2 + - RX10,000 High (100,000 ohms or more)3 - + RX10,000 High (100,000 ohms or more)4 + - RX10,000 High (100,000 ohms or more)5 - + RX100 or

RX1,000Low (1,000 ohms or less)

6 + - RX10,000 High (100,000 ohms or more)7

Connect base to

collector

- + RX100 or RX1,000

Resistance should decrease from that obtained in check 3.

8Connect base to emitter

- + RX10,000 High (100,000 ohms or more)

Table 1004PNP Transistor Testing Procedure

CHECKNO.

BASE COLLECTOR EMITTER RANGE RELATIVE RESISTANCE

1 + - RX100 or RX1,000


2 - + RX10,000 High (100,000 ohms or more)

3 + - RX10,000 High (100,000 ohms or more)


5 + - RX100 or RX1,000



7Connect base to

collector

+ - RX100 or RX1,000

Resistance should decrease from that obtained in check 3.

8Connect base to emitter

+ - RX10,000 High (100,000 ohms or more)

Table 1005NPN Transistor Testing Procedure


Page 1090June/2002 34-40-11

D. Integrated Circuit Testing

CAUTION: BEFORE INSTALLING A REPLACEMENT IC, VERIFY THERE IS NO VOLTAGE 10% GREATER THAN +Vcc OR -Vcc ON ANY OF THE IC HOLES ON THE BOARD. VERIFY THERE IS NO GROUND ON ANY IC HOLE THAT SHOULD NOT BE GROUNDED.

CAUTION: BEFORE INSTALLING A REPLACEMENT IC, MAKE CERTAIN THAT OTHER ELEMENTS OF THE CIRCUIT ARE IN GOOD OP-ERATING ORDER. IF A DEFECT EXISTS IN THE CIRCUIT, THE REPLACEMENT IC MAY ALSO FAIL.

(1) Common digital IC failures are listed in following ta-ble.

(2) Series 54/74 Integrated Circuits

Type-number identification is becoming increasingly complex for the 54/74 series of integrated circuits. These chips were originally referred to as TTL; however, many different type numbers now apply to chips that per-form the same logical function, although specifications (temperature, speed, power, etc.) and interior configu-rations may be different. Usually, the only difference in the type numbers involves the alpha characters imme-diately following the 54/74 designation. Refer to table 1006 as a guideline in determining the specific speci-fications of each type.

Most chips are available in both 54 series and 74 series type numbers. The 54 series have an operating tempera-

SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE

Constant LO Input(s) or output shorted to ground pin of IC.

Constant HI Input(s) or output shorted to Vcc pin of IC.

Approx. 1.5 Vdc Open input(s) or output.

Output cannot go LO Ground pin open.

Output cannot go HI Vcc pin open.

Output cannot change Inputs shorted together.

Table 1006Common IC Failures


Page 1091June/200234-40-11

ture specification of -55° C to 125° C, and the 74 series have a temperature specification of 0° C to 70° C.

(3) Integrated Circuit Functional Diagrams

The truth table of a logic element is a primary fault isolation tool. A HI level on all digital logic elements used in the unit is between +2 Vdc and +5 Vdc in TTL circuits and +3.5 Vdc to +5 Vdc in CMOS circuits. A LO level is less than +0.8 Vdc in TTL and +1.5 Vdc in CMOS circuits. When checking input and output levels of a logic element under question it should be remembered that an input or output may not agree with its truth ta-ble, not because it has malfunctioned, but because some other component connected to the same point has shorted to ground or to (Vcc). This is not uncommon when an output of one element is connected to an input of anoth-er. It may be necessary to isolate the gate under ques-tion by unsoldering the necessary IC pins.

The following table is an index to figure 1061 which con-tains descriptions of certain integrated circuits as an aid to understanding the operation of this equipment. Only more complex or uncommon integrated circuits are included in this section as information on basic logic elements, operational amplifiers, and other simple cir-cuits are readily available from publications such as general IC data books or basic electronic theory.

ALPHA CHARACTER SIGNIFICANCE

NONE Standard Transistor-Transistor-Logic (TTL)

S Schottky-clamped TTL device. Contains theintegrated Schottky-Barrier diode-clampedtransistor circuitry.

LS Low-power Schottky TTL device.

AS Advanced Schottky TTL device.

ALS Advanced Low-power Schottky TTL device.

HC High-speed CMOS device. Requires special ESDS han-dling.

HCT High-speed CMOS with TTL input voltage levelcompatibility. Requires special ESDS handling.

AC Advanced CMOS device. Requires special ESDS han-dling.

ACT Advanced CMOS with input TTL compatibility. Re-quires special ESDS handling.

Table 100754/74 Series IC Alpha Character Significance


Page 1092June/2002 34-40-11

HoneywellPART NUMBER

SHEET NO. TYPE NUMBER DESCRIPTION

120-02213-0002 1 Z84C00 MICROPROCESSOR

120-02363-0009 2 6206BNJC35 32X8 STATIC RAM

120-02452-0000 3 MAX699EWE WATCHDOG CONTROLLER

120-02494-0000 4 X20C16JI-55 2KX8 NOVRAM

120-03285-0002 5 CA3306CM A/D CONVERTER

120-03475-0003 6 C0820 8 BIT A/D

120-03488-0000 7 PM7224FS DAC

120-03520-0000 8 MC3423D OVERVOLTAGE SENSOR

120-03569-0000 9 L6203 FULL BRIDGE DRIVER

120-03592-0000 10 AD7226KR QUAD 8-BIT DAC

120-03598-0000 11 HI9P-5700A-9 FLASH 8-BIT A/D

120-06065-0002 12 AD7533KR 10-BIT DAC

120-08030-0002 13 N/A 429 TRANSCEIVER

Table 1008Index to Integrated Circuit Diagrams


Page 1093June/200234-40-11

Figure 1061Integrated Circuit Diagrams (Sheet 1 of 13)


Page 1094June/2002 34-40-11



Page 1095June/200234-40-11



Page 1096June/2002 34-40-11



Page 1097June/200234-40-11



Page 1098June/2002 34-40-11



Page 1099June/200234-40-11



Page 1100June/2002 34-40-11



Page 1101June/200234-40-11



Page 1102June/2002 34-40-11



Page 1103June/200234-40-11



Page 1104June/2002 34-40-11



Page 1105June/200234-40-11



Page 1106June/200234-40-11


Page 2001June/200234-40-11

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

1. General

This section contains a summary of changes for both the top assembly and subsequent sub-assemblies, an assembly drawing for parts and test point locations, and a schematic diagram for each circuit card assembly. Mechanical sub-assemblies without a corresponding schematic are not included in this section. Also included are pin function diagrams, the outline drawing, and top assembly drawing.

A. Test Points

Test points, where applicable, can be located on the as-sembly drawing preceding each schematic.

B. Summary of Unit Changes

The "Summary of Unit Changes" page lists unit and sub-assembly revisions and related commentary for each revi-sion of the manual.

C. Summary of Changes and Schematic Diagrams

The "Summary of Changes" page lists revision changes to a particular subassembly by Component Maintenance Manual revision number. Detailed descriptions of changes are listed as applicable.

An assembly (board layout) page and schematic diagram for each electronic subassembly are placed behind the "Sum-mary of Changes" page. Component Maintenance Manual re-vision number arrows mark schematic changes listed on the "Summary of Changes" page.


Page 2002June/2002 34-40-11

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED


Page 2003June/200234-40-11

SUMMARY OF UNIT CHANGES

PART NUMBER 071-01519-XXXX

MANUAL REVISION

ASSEMBLY/MODULE (CCA)

REVISION COMMENTS


Page 2004June/2002 34-40-11

SUMMARY OF UNIT CHANGES

PART NUMBER 071-01519-XXXX (cont.)

MANUAL REVISION

ASSEMBLY/MODULE (CCA)

REVISION COMMENTS


Page 2005June/200234-40-11

P5001 I/O SIGNAL NAME

1 I STRUT SWITCH IN

2 I CONTROL 1 429 RECEIVER A

3 I CONTROL 1 429 RECEIVER B





8 I ARINC 429 STABILIZATION (A)

9 I ARINC 429 STABILIZATION (B)

10 NO CONNECTION

11 NO CONNECTION

12 O TIME/TEMP OUT (A) (MAINTENANCE ONLY)

13 O TIME/TEMP OUT (B) (MAINTENANCE ONLY)

14 DETECTOR CAL (MAINTENANCE ONLY)

15 CALIBRATION INC (MAINTENANCE ONLY)

16 AFC ADJUST (MAINTENANCE ONLY)

17 NO CONNECTION

18 I PITCH STABILIZATION LO

19 I PITCH STABILIZATION HI

20 I ROLL STABILIZATION LO

21 I ROLL STABILIZATION HI

22 NO CONNECTION

23 NO CONNECTION

Table 2001ART 2000 Connector Pin Function Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)


Page 2006June/2002 34-40-11

P5001 I/O SIGNAL NAME

24 NO CONNECTION

25 NO CONNECTION

26 NO CONNECTION

27 NO CONNECTION

28 NO CONNECTION

29 NO CONNECTION

30 NO CONNECTION

31 I RT #1 ON/OFF (ON=GND)



34 I +28 VDC AIRCRAFT POWER

35 I +28 VDC AIRCRAFT POWER

36 POWER AND CHASSIS GROUND

37 POWER AND CHASSIS GROUND

38 CALIBRATION LIGHT (MAINTENANCE ONLY)

39 SPARE

40 I GYRO REFERENCE HI

41 GYRO REFERENCE COMMON

42 O ARINC 453 DATA (A)

43 O ARINC 453 DATA (B)

44 O +5 VDC CONFIGURATION MODULE VOLTAGE

45 O CONFIGURATION MODULE CLOCK

46 O CONFIGURATION MODULE CHIP SELECT 1

47 O CONFIGURATION MODULE CHIP SELECT 2

48 O DATA TO CONFIGURATION MODULE

49 I DATA FROM CONFIGURATION MODULE

50 CONFIGURATION MODULE GROUND

Table 2001ART 2000 Connector Pin Function Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)


Page 2007June/200234-40-11

ART 2000 Outline Drawing155-05816-0000 R-AA Figure 1062 (sheet 1 of 2)


Page 2009June/200234-40-11

ART 2000 Outline Drawing155-05816-0000 R-AA Figure 1062 (Sheet 2 OF 2)


Page 2011June/200234-40-11

Logic Board300-08549-0000 R-10 Figure 1063 (Sheet 1 OF 4)


Page 2013June/200234-40-11



Page 2015June/200234-40-11



Page 2017June/200234-40-11



Page 2019June/200234-40-11

Logic Board Schematic002-08549-0000 R-11 Figure 1064 (Sheet 1 OF 16)


Page 2021June/200234-40-11



Page 2023June/200234-40-11



Page 2025June/200234-40-11



Page 2027June/200234-40-11



Page 2029June/200234-40-11



Page 2033June/200234-40-11



Page 2035June/200234-40-11



Page 2037June/200234-40-11



Page 2039June/200234-40-11



Page 2041June/200234-40-11



Page 2043June/200234-40-11



Page 2045June/200234-40-11



Page 2047June/200234-40-11



Page 2049June/200234-40-11



Page 2051June/200234-40-11

Preamp Board300-08545-0000 R-2 Figure 1065


Page 2053June/200234-40-11

Preamp Board Schematic002-08545-0000 R-0 Figure 1066


5June/200234-40-11

Power Supply/Modulator Board300-08548-0000 R-16 Figure 1067 (Sheet 1 of 4)


Page 2057June/200234-40-11



Page 2059June/200234-40-11



Page 2061June/200234-40-11



Page 2063June/200234-40-11

Power Supply/Modulator Board Schematic002-08548-0000 R-16 Figure 1068 (Sheet 1 of 7)


Page 2065June/200234-40-11



Page 2067June/200234-40-11



Page 2069June/200234-40-11



Page 2071June/200234-40-11



Page 2073June/200234-40-11



Page 2075June/200234-40-11



Page 3001June/200234-40-11

DISASSEMBLY

1. General

This section contains information for disassembly of the unit. Dis-assembly procedures are to be accomplished only when repairs or mod-ifications are required, and only to the extent that is required by the repair, or as described in the modification service bulletin. This section contains the recommended procedures for removal of all subassemblies. Refer to the Illustrated Parts List (IPL) for aid in disassembly. Part numbers are used in the IPL drawings to iden-tify specific parts. Complete disassembly should never be under-taken. Provisions have been made in the design of the unit to make complete disassembly unnecessary except to replace a damaged me-chanical part that cannot be reached otherwise.

WARNING: REMOVE ALL POWER FROM THE UNIT BEFORE DISASSEMBLY OF ANY MODULE. BESIDES BEING DANGEROUS TO LIFE, VOLTAGE TRAN-SIENTS CAN CAUSE CONSIDERABLE DAMGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.

CAUTION: EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN DISCONNECTING AND RECONNECTING THE MULTIPLE PIN CONNECTORS TO ENSURE THAT THE CONNECT ARE NOT DAMAGED BY MISALIGNMENT OF THE PINS.

CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO ESDS DEVICES, REFER TO PARAGRAPH 2.B. IN THE REPAIR SECTION BEFORE HANDLING MOS AND CMOS DEVIC-ES.

2. Recommended Disassembly Procedures

A. Bottom Cover Removal

(1) Remove the nine screws (089-06008-0007) from the cover (047-09968-0001).

(2) Remove the two screws (089-06008-0004) on either side of the connector.

(3) Remove the cover from the unit.

B. Logic Board Removal

(1) Remove cover as described in paragraph 2.A.

(2) Remove the screw (089-05903-0004) located toward the center of the logic board (200-08549-0000).

(3) Remove the two screws (089-05878-0004) which fasten the connector to the base (073-00925-0002).

(4) Remove the if cover (047-10021-0001).

(5) Make note of all cable connections for re-assembly. Disconnect all cables.


Page 3002June/2002 34-40-11

C. Power Supply Board Removal


(2) Remove logic board as described in paragraph 2.B.

(3) Remove the three screws (089-05903-0004) fastening the heatsink (047-10675-0001) to the base (073-00925-0002).

(4) Remove the four board screws (089-05903-0004) and the four standoffs ( two 076-02868-0000 and two 076-02868-0001). Refer to the decal on the bottom cover to iden-tify the screws to be removed.

(5) Make note of all cable connections and routing for re-assembly. Disconnect all cables.

(6) Remove the power supply board (200-08540-0000) from the assembly.

NOTE: If the high voltage transformer is to be re-placed, cut the magnetron cable at the center of the splice.

D. Receiver Module Removal



(3) Remove power supply board as described in paragraph 2.C.

(4) Tilt the gimbal assembly (200-05175-0000) to the side with the tilt motor (200-05173-0000) up.

(5) Remove the four cap screws (089-06494-0028) which fasten the receiver module (200-05553-0000) and limiter (015-00239-0001) to the rf network (015-00250-0000).

(6) Separate the receiver module from the assembly and re-move the limiter.

(7) Remove the three screws (089-05874-0004) securing the cover (047-10124-0001) enclosing the cable ferrules.

(8) Separate the cable ferrules from the assembly.

E. Preamp Board Removal

(1) Remove the receiver module as described in paragraph 2.D.(1-6).

(2) Remove the three cover screws (089-05874-0003).

(3) Remove the cover (047-09953-0001).


Page 3003June/200234-40-11

(4) Disconnect P1002.

(5) De-solder E1, E2, E3 and E4.

(6) Remove the three standoffs (two 076-02825-0000 and one 076-02825-0001).

(7) Remove the preamp module from the assembly.

F. Magnetron Removal

NOTE: Never use tools containing ferrous metal when work-ing with the magnetron.




(4) Remove the receiver module as described in paragraph 2.D.

(5) Using a beryllium copper Allen wrench, remove the four cap screws (089-06494-0005) which fasten the magnetron (200-05310-0000) to the rf network (015-00250-0000).

(6) Remove the three screws (089-05874-0004) securing the cover (047-10124-0001) enclosing the cable ferrules.

(7) Separate the cable ferrules from the assembly.

G. Scan Motor Removal




(4) Remove the azimuth pivot nut (089-02344-0003), azimuth pivot (076-02278-0001) and washers (076-02876-0001 and 088-03164-0000) which secure the gimbal assembly (200-05175-0000) to the bottom pivot bracket (073-00936-0002).

(5) Remove the four cap screws (089-06494-0018) which secure the bottom pivot bracket to the base (073-00925-0002). Separate the pivot bracket and motor assembly from the base.

(6) Remove the four screws (089-05878-0004) securing the scan motor (200-05173-0000) to the bracket. Detach the ground lug (008-00073-0000). Remove the screw (089-05878-0004) which secures the cable to the base.


Page 3004June/2002 34-40-11

H. Tilt Motor Removal




(4) Remove the four screws (089-05878-0006) securing the mounting plate (047-09947-0001) to the tilt sensor as-sembly (200-05554-0000).

(5) Remove the four screws (089-05878-0005) securing the tilt motor (200-05173-0000) to the mounting plate. De-tach the ground lug (008-00073-0000).

(6) Remove the screw (089-05878-0004) which secures the ca-ble to the base.


Page 4001June/200234-40-11

CLEANING

1. General

This section contains procedures for cleaning the component parts and subassemblies of the unit.

WARNING: GOGGLES MUST BE WORN WHEN USING PRESSURIZED AIR TO BLOW DUST AND DIRT FROM EQUIPMENT. All PERSONNEL SHOULD BE CLEARED FROM THE IMMEDIATE AREA.

WARNING: USE A VENTILATED HOOD WHEN USING A CLEANING SOLVENT. AVOID BREATHING SOLVENT VAPOR AND FUMES. AVOID CONTINUOUS CON-TACT WITH CLEANING SOLVENT. WEAR A SUITABLE MASK, GOG-GLES, GLOVES, AND AN APRON WHEN NECESSARY. CHANGE CLOTHING UPON WHICH SOLVENTS HAVE BEEN SPILLED.

WARNING: OBSERVE ALL FIRE PRECAUTIONS FOR FLAMMABLE MATERIALS. USE FLAMMABLE MATERIALS IN A HOOD PROVIDED WITH EXPLOSION-PROOF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND AN EXHAUST FAN WITH SPARK-PROOF BLADES.

2. Recommended Cleaning Agents

Table 4001 lists the recommended clenaing agents to be used durign overhaul of the unit.

NOTE: Equivalent substitutes may be used for listing cleaning agents.

3. Recommended Cleaning Procedures

A. Exterior

TYPE USED TO CLEAN

Denatured Alcohol Various, exterior and interior

Dupont Vertrel SMT Various, interior

Kimwipes lint-free tissue (Kim-berly Clark Corp.)

Various

Cloth, lint-free cotton Various

Brush, flat with fiber bristles Various

Brush, round with fiberbristles

Various

Dishwashing liquid (mild) Nylon, Rubber Grommets

Table 4001 Recommended Cleaning Agents


Page 4002June/2002 34-40-11

(1) Wipe dust cover and front panel with a lint-free cloth dampened with denatured alcohol.

(2) For cleaning connectors, use the following procedure.

CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW SOLVENT TO RUN INTO SLEEVES OR CONDUIT THAT COVERS WIRES CONNECTED TO INSERT TERMINALS.

(a) Wipe dust and dirt from bodies, shells, and cable clamps using a lint-free cloth moistened with de-natured alcohol.

(b) Wipe parts dry with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth.

(c) Remove dirt and lubricant from connector inserts, insulation, and terminals using a small soft bris-tled brush moistened with denatured alcohol.

(d) Dry the inserts with an air jet.

B. Interior

The following solvents are no longer recommended for benchtop or rework cleaning of printed circuit boards, modules or sub-assemblies.

Table 4002 Unsafe Solvents

CAUTION: DO NOT USE SOLVENT TO CLEAN PARTS COMPOSED OF OR CON-TAINING NYLON OR RUBBER GROMMETS. CLEAN THESE ITEMS WITH MILD LIQUID DISHWASHING DETERGENT AND WATER. USE DETERGENT FOR THIS PURPOSE ONLY.

CAUTION: DUPONT VERTREL SMT DOES HAVE GENERAL MATERIAL COM-PATIBILITY PROBLEMS WITH POLYCARBONATE, POLYSTY-RENE, AND RUBBER. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THESE MA-TERIALS BE CLEANED WITH DENATURED ALCOHOL.

CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW EXCESS CLEANING SOLVENT TO ACCUMULATE IN ANY OF THE ADJUSTMENT SCREW CREVICES AND THEREBY SOFTEN OR DISSOLVE THE ADJUSTMENT SCREW EPOXY SEAL-ANT.

CAUTION: AVOID AIR-BLASTING SMALL TUNING COILS AND OTHER DEL-ICATE PARTS BY HOLDING THE AIR JET NOZZLE TOO CLOSE. USE BRUSHES CAREFULLY ON DELICATE PARTS.

Freon TF, IMCTrichlorothanePrelete (CFC-113)Carbon TetrachlorideChloroformTrichloroethyleneDetergents (All™ and equivalents)

Propyl AlcoholMethyl AlcoholEthyl AlcoholButyl AlcoholMethylene ChlorideXyleneGenesolv 2004/2010


Page 4003June/200234-40-11

CAUTION: IMPROPER CLEANING CAN RESULT IN SURFACE LEAKAGE AND CONDUCTIVE PARTICULATES, SUCH AS SOLDER BALLS OR ME-TALLIC CHIPS, WHICH CAN CAUSE ELECTRICAL SHORTS. SEVERE IONIC CONTAMINATION FROM HANDLING AND FROM ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS CAN RESULT IN HIGH RESIS-TANCE OR OPEN CIRCUITS.

CAUTION: ULTRASONIC CLEANING CAN DAMAGE CERTAIN PARTS AND SHOULD GENERALLY BE AVOIDED.

NOTE: Solvents may be physically applied in several ways including agitation, spraying, brushing, and vapor degreasing. The cleaning solvents and methods used shall have no deleterious effect on the parts, con-nections, and materials being used. If sensitive components are being used, spray is recommended. Uniformity of solvent spray flow should be maximized and wait-time between soldering and cleaning should be minimized.

NOTE: Clean miscellaneous metal parts i.e. fasteners, han-dles, mounting hardware, etc. with a suitable cleaning machine.

Remove each module subassembly. Then remove any foreign mat-ter from the casting.

(1) Casting covers and shields should be cleaned as follows:

(a) Remove surface grease with a lint-free cloth.

(b) Blow dust from surfaces, holes, and recesses using an air stream.

(c) If necessary, use a solvent and scrub until clean, working over all surfaces and into all holes and recesses with a suitable non-metallic brush.

(d) Position the part to dry so that solvent is not trapped in holes or recesses. Use an air stream to blow out any trapped solvent.

(e) When thoroughly clean, touch up any minor damage to the finish.

(2) Modules (circuit card assemblies) containing resistors, capacitors, rf coils, inductors, transformers, and other wired parts should be cleaned as follows:

(a) Remove dust and dirt from all surfaces, including all parts and wiring, using soft-bristled brushes in conjunction with an air stream.

(b) Any dirt that cannot be removed in this way should be removed with a brush (not synthetic) saturated with an approved solvent listed above. Use of a


Page 4004June/2002 34-40-11

clean, dry, compressed air stream (25 to 28 psi) is recommended to remove any excess solvent.

(c) Remove flux residue, metallic chips, and/or solder balls with an approved solvent.

(3) Wired chassis devices containing terminal boards, resis-tor and capacitor assemblies, rf coils, switches, sock-ets, inductors, transformers, and other wired parts should be cleaned as follows:

NOTE: When necessary to disturb the dress of wires and cables, note the positions before disturb-ing and restore them to proper dress after cleaning.

(a) Blow dust from surfaces, holes, and recesses using an air jet.

(b) Finish cleaning chassis by wiping finished surfac-es with a lint-free cloth moistened with solvent.

(c) Dry with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth.

(d) When thoroughly clean, touch-up any minor damage to the finish.

(e) Protect the chassis from dust, moisture, and dam-age pending inspection.

(4) Ceramic and plastic parts should be cleaned as follows:

(a) Blow dust from surfaces, holes, and recesses using an air jet.

(b) Finish cleaning chassis by wiping finished surfac-es with a lint-free cloth moistened with solvent.

(c) Dry with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth.


Page 5001June/200234-40-11

CHECK

1. General

This section provides procedures to perform a visual inspection of the unit.

2. Inspection Procedures

A. Cover

Inspect the cover for dents, deformation, or damage to the finish that should be repaired.

B. Front Panel

Check that name, serial number, and plates or stickers are secure and hardware is tight.

C. Chassis

Inspect chassis for loose or missing mounting hardware, de-formation, dents, damaged fasteners, or damaged connectors. Check for corrosion or damage to the finish that should be repaired.

D. Hardware, Covers and Shields

Inspect for bent, warped, stripped, dented or corroded parts. Check for damaged fasteners. Check plating, painting, and identification stencils for worn, exposed, or scratched sur-faces.

E. Circuit Boards

Inspect for loose, broken or corroded terminal connections and damage; such as cracks, burns, or charred track. Check for insufficient solder, proper bonding, fungus, mold or other de-posits that should be repaired.

F. Connectors

Inspect connector bodies for broken parts, check insulation for cracks, and check contacts for damage, misalignment, cor-rosion, or bad plating. Check for broken, loose, or poorly soldered connections to connector terminals. Inspect connec-tor hoods and cable clamps for crimped wires.

G. Terminal Connections

Inspect for corrosion or loose connections.


Page 5002June/2002 34-40-11

H. Terminal Connections, Soldered

(1) Inspect for cold soldered or rosin joints. Bad joints can be recognized by a dull porous appearance.

(2) Check for excessive solder, insufficient solder, or sol-der splashes resulting from previous repair.

(3) Check for corrosion at the terminal connections.

I. Wiring

Inspect wiring of the chassis and subassemblies for any signs of physical damage or charring.

J. Capacitors

Inspect capacitors for case or body damage and for loose, bro-ken, or corroded terminal connections.

K. Resistors and Diodes

Inspect for blistered, charred, or cracked bodies. Check for loose, broken, or corroded terminal connections.

L. Filters and Inductors

Inspect for damage to body or casting and for loose, broken, or corroded terminal connections. Check for secure mounting to chassis.

M. Transformers

Inspect for damage to case and for signs of excessive heating. Check for loose, broken, or corroded terminal connections.

N. Transistors and Integrated Circuits

Inspect for damage to body or casing. Check for proper and secure attachment to sockets.

O. Rotary Switches

Check for proper mechanical operation: no binding or looseness should be evidenced.

P. Insulators

Inspect for looseness and/or evidence of damage such as burned areas, cracks, and broken or chipped edges.


Page 6001June/200234-40-11

REPAIR

1. General

This section contains information for repair of the unit. The re-pair or replacement of damaged parts usually involves standard ser-vice techniques suggested by examination of drawings and equipment. Some repairs, however, demand an exact repair sequence to ensure proper operation of the equipment.

After correcting a malfunction in any section of the unit, the func-tional test in Test and Fault Isolation paragraph 3. should be per-formed.

CAUTION: THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE (ESDS) DEVICES. ALL MODULES CONTAINING ESDS DEVICES ARE FLAGGED OR IDENTIFIED ON SCHEMATICS AND ASSEMBLY ILLUS-TRATIONS, AND ARE INDIVIDUALLY IDENTIFIED IN THE PARTS LIST. ALL ESDS DEVICES MUST BE HANDLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN THE REPAIR SECTION OF THIS MANUAL.

ESDS DEVICES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, C-MOS, J-MOS, PMOS, NMOS, SOCMOS, HMOS, MOS/FET, MICROWAVE MIXER DIODES, SOME BIPOLAR DEVICES, AND SOME METAL FILM RESIS-TORS.

MOST DAMAGE TO ESDS DEVICES RESULTS IN DEGRADED PERFOR-MANCE OR PREMATURE FAILURE, NOT IN CATASTROPHIC FAILURE AT THE TIME EXPERIENCED.

2. Repair Procedures

A. Repair Precautions

(1) Refer to paragraph 2.B. for special ESDS and MOS han-dling precautions.

(2) Perform repairs and replace components with power dis-connected from equipment.

(3) Use a conductive table top for repairs. Connect table to ground conductors of 60Hz and 400Hz power lines.

(4) Replace connectors, shield conductors, and twisted pairs ONLY with identical items.

(5) Standard references to printed circuit boards in this manual include the following terms. "Component side" and "nearside" refer to the side components are located on. "Solder side" and "farside" refer to the side op-posite component side. "Nearside" on surface mount boards with components on both sides is the side with J#### and P#### connector numbers.

(6) When replacing parts, carefully observe lead dress and component orientation. Keep leads as short as possible and observe correct repair techniques.


Page 6002June/2002 34-40-11

(7) Surface mount components require special soldering tech-niques. The soldering iron tip should not touch the ce-ramic component body. The iron should be applied only to the termination-solder filet.

(8) Observe cable routing within unit prior to disassembly, to enable proper routing of cables during reassembly.

B. Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive (ESDS) Devices

Devices sensitive to electrostatic discharge are used in this equipment. These devices, including metal oxide semiconduc-tors, some metal film resistors, and other devices, are sus-ceptible to damage by electrostatic charges and high-voltage fields. Because of the very high resistance in ESDS devices, they can be damaged by low current electrical sources that would not damage standard semiconductors. Special precau-tions must be taken during handling and repair procedures to prevent damage.

The human body is the most common low-energy source causing damage to ESDS devices. The body generates and retains static electricity, in conjunction with non-conductive garments and floor covering. An individual can easily develop several thousand volts of electrostatic charge while simply walking across the floor or moving around in a chair. Electrostatic charges of 20 kV can develop on personnel, and 35 kV on their garments.

The capacitive elements in all MOS devices, and in linear in-tegrated circuits, hybrids, and bipolar integrated circuits can be destroyed by a voltage field, even when installed in their circuits.

Not all electrostatic damage will result in immediate cata-strophic failure. Damaged devices may operate within their minimum limits but can experience early field failure or er-ratic performance later.

The following precautions are recommended for ESDS circuits, and are especially important in low humidity, high static con-ditions.

CAUTION: ESDS DEVICES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, C-MOS, J-MOS, PMOS, NMOS, SOCMOS, HMOS, MOS/FET, MICROWAVE MIXER DIODES, SOME BIPOLAR DEVICES, AND SOME METAL FILM RESISTORS.

CAUTION: MOST DAMAGE TO ESDS DEVICES RESULTS IN DEGRADED PER-FORMANCE OR PREMATURE FAILURE, NOT IN CATASTROPHIC FAILURE AT THE TIME EXPERIENCED.

(1) Storage

Store and transport all ESDS devices in conductive ma-terial. Do not insert ESDS devices into conventional plastic trays used for storing and transporting standard


Page 6003June/200234-40-11

semiconductor devices. Special bags or containers must have a maximum resistivity of 104 ohms/cm, or the leads of the device must be shorted together through a conduc-tive material (special foam) having a maximum resistiv-ity of 104 ohms/cm.

Modules, circuit boards, or assemblies containing ESDS devices must be stored in static shielding bags with a maximum resistivity of 104 ohms/cm in the outer layer of the bag, and 1012 ohms/cm resistivity in the inner layer.

A caution label shall be attached to the outside of all containers containing ESDS devices. The ESDS labels are identified in the advisory information located in the front of this manual. Do not remove device from con-tainer until actually used or tested.

(2) Work Station

All equipment, tools, materials, and personnel at the work station must be maintained at the same electrical potential. All grounding connections shall have a com-mon point, and that point shall be connected to electri-cal ground.

Soldering irons shall be isolated from the power line by transformer, or shall be direct current isolated. The soldering iron must be grounded and have a resistance of less than 0.2 ohm from the tip to ground when the iron is hot.

Test equipment shall have all exposed metallic surfaces electrically connected to the test equipment power sys-tem ground (through 200 ohms or less).

Do not use rubber mats, carpets, and rugs in the work station area. Use grounded conductive mats.

Do not allow nonconductive items on the workbench. This includes such items as plastic ash trays, cellophane wrappers, plastic tools, Styrofoam coffee cups, etc.

Maintain the relative humidity higher than 40 percent (minimum) in the work area.

Keep all material and work surfaces CLEAN in the work area. Wash with damp cloth when necessary.

Keep the work station static-safe. Periodically check the area with a static meter. When a dangerous reading is observed, remove the nonconductor or take precautions to prevent contact with ESDS devices.

(3) Personnel


Page 6004June/2002 34-40-11

When handling electrostatic discharge sensitive devices or assemblies, wear a skin-contact wrist strap connected to the work station common ground.

WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT PERSONNEL DIRECTLY TO EARTH OR BUILDING GROUND. USE A COMMERCIAL GROUNDING STRAP WITH 1 MEGOHM IN THE CORD TO PROTECT PER-SONNEL FROM ELECTRICAL SHOCK.

WARNING: DO NOT WEAR GROUND STRAP WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING OR TESTING HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUITS WITH POWER AP-PLIED.

Do not wear smocks, gloves, finger cots, or sleeve pro-tectors made of plastic, nylon, or rubber in the area where ESDS devices are handled.

When the operator is properly grounded, contact with the operator's hand will provide sufficient ground for hand tools or other tools that may be electrically isolated from ground.

(4) Special Troubleshooting Precautions

In addition to the above considerations, the following specific precautions should be observed when trouble-shooting or repairing modules containing ESDS devices.

Do not use high velocity dry air for applying heat during troubleshooting. Special infrared heat devices should be used.

Do not use Freon spray during troubleshooting. To cool components, use antistatic quick-chill sprays.

Remember, even when the ESDS device is installed on a printed circuit board it can STILL be damaged by elec-trostatic discharge.

C. PC Board, Two-Lead Component Removal (Resistors, Capacitors, Diodes, etc.)

(1) Note orientation of part. Clip one lead close to com-ponent body and bend component off board.

(2) Grasp component and heat its lead hole from component side of board. When solder flows, lift component from board and discard.

(3) Grasp remaining lead, heat its lead hole and lift from board.

(4) Melt solder in each hole. Use a desoldering suction tool to remove solder from each hole.

(5) Dress and form leads of replacement part.


Page 6005June/200234-40-11

(6) Insert replacement component observing correct orienta-tion.

(7) Solder component in place. Clip leads on solder side of board.

D. PC Board, Multi-Lead Component Removal (IC's etc.)

(1) Note orientation of part.

(2) Clip each lead of component, as close to component as possible. Discard component.

(3) Heat each hole from solder side and remove clipped lead from hole.

(4) Melt solder in each hole. Use a desoldering suction tool to remove solder from each hole.

(5) Insert replacement component observing correct orienta-tion.

(6) Solder component in place on farside of board. Avoid solder runs. Clip leads on solder side of board.

E. Replacement of Power Transistors

(1) Unsolder leads and remove attaching hardware. Remove transistor and hard-coat insulator.

(2) Apply Thermal Joint Compound Type 120 (Wakefield Engi-neering, Inc.) to the mounting surface of the replace-ment transistor.

(3) Reinstall the transistor insulator and the power tran-sistor using hardware removed in step (1).

(4) After installing the replacement transistor, but before making any electrical connections, measure the resis-tance between the case of the transistor and the chassis to ensure that the insulation is effective. The resis-tance measured should be greater than 10MW.

(5) Reconnect leads to transistor and solder in place.

F. Replacement of Printed Circuit Board Protective Coating

WARNING: CONFORMAL COATING CONTAINS TOXIC VAPORS! USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION!

(1) Clean repaired area of printed circuit board per in-structions in the Cleaning section (400) of this manual.

(2) Apply Conformal Coating Humiseal #1B-31 HYSOL PC20-35M-01 (Humiseal Division, Columbia Chase Corp., 24-60 Brooklyn Queens Expressway West, Woodside, N.Y., 11377) Honeywell p/n 016-01040-0000.


Page 6006June/2002 34-40-11

(3) Shake container well before using.

(4) Spray or brush surfaces with smooth, even strokes: if spraying hold nozzle 10-15 inches from work surface.

(5) Cure time is ten minutes at room temperature.

G. Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM) Replacement

The read only memory packages are specially programmed devices to provide specific logic outputs required for the operation in the control unit. The manufacturer's part (type) number is for the unprogrammed device and cannot be used. The Hon-eywell part number must be used to obtain the correctly pro-grammed device. Refer to the "Illustrated Parts List" (IPL).


Page 7001June/200234-40-11

ASSEMBLY

1. General

This section provides procedures for assembly of the unit and its subassemblies. Assembly procedure are to be followed after the unit has been disassembled for repair, cleaning, inspection, or modifi-cation by service bulletin.

WARNING: REMOVE ALL POWER FROM UNIT BEFORE ASSEMBLY OF ANY MODULE. VOLTAGE TRANSIENTS ARE DANGEROUS TO LIFE. VOLTAGE TRAN-SIENTS CAN DAMAGE THE EQUIPMENT.

CAUTION: EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN DISCONNECTING AND RECONNECTING MULTIPLE PIN CONNECTORS. ENSURE THAT CONNECTORS ARE NOT DAMAGED BY MISALIGNMENT OF THE PINS.

CAUTION: THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE (ESDS) DEVICES. EQUIPMENT MODULES AND ESDS DEVICES MUST BE HANDLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIAL ESDS HANDLING PRO-CEDURES.

2. Materials Required For Assembly

Table 7001 lists materials used in assembly of the unit. Equivalent substitutes may be used for listed sealants, staking compounds, and thermal componds.

REPRESENTATIVE TYPE QUANTITY USED

Loctite 242 Thin coat to threads of screws and retaining nuts

Conformal Coating Humiseal #1B-31 HYSOL PC 20-35M-01

Thin coats on all components, not on connectors

Adhesive-Sealant RTV 3145 Thin coat for adhesion

Superbonder 414 Thin coat to threads of screws and retaining nuts

Thermal Compound Thin coat on power transistor in-sulator (both sides)

Nylon Cable Tie As required to secure wiring

Solder, 60% Tin 40% Lead As required for connections

Table 7001 Sealants and Staking Compounds


Page 7002June/2002 34-40-11

3. Recommended Reassembly Procedures.

Apply Loctite 425 to the threads of all screws, set screws and standoffs before installation.

Torque all screws per table 7002 unless otherwise indicated.

Table 7002 Torque Specifications

A. Tilt Motor Installation

(1) Install the four screws (089-05878-0005) to fasten the tilt motor (200-05173-0000) to the mounting plate (047-09947-0001).

(2) Attach the ground lug (008-00073-0000) to the mounting plate.

(3) Install the four screws (089-05878-0006) to secure the mounting plate to the tilt sensor assembly (200-05554-0000).

(4) Reroute and tie cable to restore as originally found.

(5) Install the screw (089-05878-0004) which secures the ca-ble to the base.

B. Scan Motor Installation

(1) Place the bottom pivot bracket (073-00936-0002) into po-sition on the base (073-00925-0002). Apply a coat of Aeroshell 22 to both sides of washers (076-02876-0001


Page 7003June/200234-40-11

and 088-03164-0000). Install the azimuth pivot (076-02278-0001), washers and 088-03164-0000) and azimuth nut (089-02344-0003). Torque the azimuth nut to 18 in.-lbs. Install the four screws (089-05878-0004) which fasten the scan motor (200-05173-0000) to the pivot bracket.

(2) Attach the ground lug (008-00300-0004).

(3) Install the four cap screws (089-06494-0018) which se-cure the bottom pivot bracket to the base. Tighten cap screws using 18 in.-lbs. of torque.

(4) Reroute and tie cable to restore as originally found.

(5) Install the screw (089-05878-0004) which secures the ca-ble to the base.

C. Magnetron Installation

See also paragraph 2.G. in the Repair section of this manual.

(1) Attach the magnetron (200-05310-0000) to the rf network (015-00250-0000) using four cap screws (089-06494-0005). Attach the ground lug as shown in the gimbal as-sembly drawing in the IPL. Use only a beryllium copper Allen wrench.

NOTE: Never use tools containing ferrous metal when working with the magnetron.

(2) Reroute and tie cables exactly as shown in figure 703 and 704. Note the ordering and orientation of cables and cable clip (047-10683-0001). Routing and position of cables and ties is critical to prevent interference through the full range of movement of the gimbal and pre-mature wear of the cables.

(3) Set the cable ferrules into the channels at the top of the base in the order shown in figure 7004.

(4) Install the cover (047-10124-0001) using three screws (089-05874-0004).


Page 7004June/2002 34-40-11

NOTE: Route ground lug wire under Teflon liner.

Figure 7003Magnetron Cable Dressing

D. Preamp Board Installation

(1) Replace the buss wire on E1, E2, E3 and E4 of the re-ceiver module (015-00238-0001) with new pieces of 22 gage buss wire, each 1 inch long.

(2) Place the preamp board (200-08545-0000) into the housing while threading the buss wire through E1, E2, E3 and E4 on the preamp board.

(3) Secure the board with three standoffs (one 076-02825-0001 and two 076-02825-0000).

(4) Apply solder to E1, E2, E3 and E4. Clean the connec-tions.

(5) Reconnect the cables. Use extreme care when replacing P1001. Be certain that the connector is centered and square with the pin before applying pressure to insert.

(6) Install the cover (047-09953-0001) and secure with three screws (089-05874-0003).


Page 7005June/200234-40-11

E. Receiver Module Installation

(1) Place the limiter (015-00239-0001) with the cable shroud (088-03148-0000) between the receiver module (200-05553-0000) and the rf network (015-00250-0000) with the arrow pointing toward the receiver module. Place the cable guard (088-03123-0001) against the receiver.

(2) Secure the parts to the rf network using four cap screws (089-06494-0028). Tighten to 18 in.-lbs..

(3) Reroute and tie cables exactly as shown in figure 704. Routing and position of cables and ties is critical to prevent interference through the full range of movement of the gimbal and premature wear of the cables.

NOTE: Route ground lug wire under Teflon liner.

Figure 7004Magnetron and Preamp Cable Dressing

(4) Set the cable ferrules into the channels at the top of the base.

(5) Install the cover (047-10124-0001) enclosing the cable ferrules using three screws (089-05874-0004).


Page 7006June/2002 34-40-11

F. Power Supply Board Installation

(1) Reconnect and reroute all cables.

(2) Place the power supply board (200-08540-0000) into the base (073-00925-0002). Make certain that no cables have been pinched.

(3) Install two standoffs (076-02868-0000) in the two hole on the transformer end of the board. Do not tighten. Install the other two standoffs (076-02868-0001) on ei-ther side of the fan. Do not tighten.

(4) Install four board screws (089-05903-0004). Do not tighten.

(5) Using three screws (089-05903-0004), secure the heatsink (047-10675-0001) to the base. Tighten all screws and standoffs.

G. Logic Board Installation

(1) Reconnect all cables. Use extreme care when replacing P5502. Be certain that the connector is centered and square with the pin before applying pressure to insert.

(2) Install the if cover.

(3) Place the logic board (200-08549-0000) into the base (073-00925-0002). Make certain no cables have been pinched.

(4) Install two connector screws (089-05878-0004) securing the connector to the base. Do not tighten screws.

(5) Install the screw (089-05903-0004) in the center of the logic board. Tighten all screws.

H. Cover Installation

(1) Place the cover (047-09968-0001) on the base (073-00925-0002) with the handle toward the connector side.

(2) Install the two screws (089-06008-0004) on either side of the connector. Do not tighten.

(3) Install the remaining nine screws (089-06008-0007). Tighten all screws.


Page 9001June/200234-40-11

SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT

1. General

This section contains information on special tools. fixtures, and test equipment used to test, troubleshoot, and repair the unit.

2. Equipment Required to Test

Table 9001 is a listing of the test equipment required to perform the testing and troubleshooting procedures described in this manu-al. Equipment other than that listed in table 9001 can be substi-tuted if it is technically equal or better than that listed.

ITEM DESCRIPTION CHARACTERISTICS REQUIRED

1 Power Supply +28 VDC, regulated to 40 Vdc @ 20 amps.

2 Oscilloscope Tektronix 465

3 DigitalMultimeter

Fluke 8000A

4 Radar Test Set IFR RD 300/301/301A with Option 1*or Gigatronix WR109

5 Spectrum Analyzer HP 8593A

6 X10 Probe (10 MΩ) Tektronix P6000

7 Current Probe Tektronix P6021

8 Signal Generator Capable of 60 MHz

9 ARINC 429 Receiver/Trans-mitter

JCAIR 429E

10 Vertical Gyro Simulator Capable of 50 mV/degree

11 Dummy Load Weinschel 1425-4

12 Waveguide Adapter Hewlett-Packard X281A

13 IN 182A Known to meet specifications

14 Stop Watch

15 Bench Tester/Harness Shop Fabricated (see figure 9001)

16 Bench Test Kit Part Number 050-03299-0000

17 KPA 900 Conf. Module Programmer

Part Number 050-03311-0000

18 PC IBM Compatible 386 or higher, MS DOS 3.3 or higher, 3.5 inch drive, greater than 10 M HDD

Table 9001 Test Equipment Required


Page 9002June/2002 34-40-11

3. Equipment Required for Disassembly

Table 9002 is a listing of the equipment required to perform the disassembly procedures described in this manual. Equipment other than that listed in table 9002 can be substituted if their charac-teristics equal or exceed that of the listed equipment.

4. Equipment Required for Assembly

Table 9003 is a listing of the equipment required to perform the assembly procedures described in this manual. Equipment other than that listed in table 9003 can be substituted if their characteris-tics equal or exceed that of the listed equipment.

Table 9003 Assembly Equipment Required


1. 9/64" Allen Wrench Beryllium Copper

2. Engagement/DisengagementTool

M/A-COM OMNI SpectraP/N 2598-5342-54

Table 9002 Disassembly Equipment Required


1. 9/64" Allen Wrench Beryllium Copper

2. Torque Wrench Capable of 45 in.-oz. to 18 in.-lbs.

3. Engagement/DisengagementTool

M/A-COM OMNI SpectraP/N 2598-5342-54


Page 9003June/200234-40-11

FIGURE 9001ART 2000 HARNESS DRAWING


Page 10001June/200234-40-11

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

1. General

The Illustrated Parts List (IPL) is a complete list of assem-blies and parts required for the unit. The IPL also provides for the proper identification of replacement parts. Individ-ual parts lists within this IPL are arranged in numerical se-quence starting with the top assembly and continuing with the sub-assemblies. All mechanical parts will be separated from the electrical parts used on the sub-assembly. Each parts list is followed by a component location drawing.

Parts identified in this IPL by AlliedSignal part number meet design specifications for this equipment and are the recom-mended replacement parts. Warranty information concerning AlliedSignal replacement parts is contained in Service Memo #1, P/N 600-08001-00XX.

2. Revision Service

The manual will be revised as necessary to reflect current information.

3. List of Abbreviations

Abbreviation Name

B Motor or Synchro

C Capacitor

CJ Circuit Jumper

CR Diode

DS Lamp

E Voltage or Signal Connect Point

F Fuse

FL Filter

FT Feedthru

I Integrated Circuit

J Jack or Fixed Connector

Table 10001 Abbreviations


Page 10002June/2002 34-40-11

L Inductor

M Meter

P Plug

Q Transistor

R Resistor

RT Thermistor

S Switch

T Transformer

TP Test Point

U Component Network, Integrated Circuit,Circuit Assembly

V Photocell/Vacuum Tube

W Waveguide

Y Crystal

Abbreviation Name

Table 10001 (Continued) Abbreviations


Page 10003June/200234-40-11

4. Sample Parts List

Figure 10001 Sample Parts List


Page 10004June/2002 34-40-11

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED


Page 10005June/200234-40-11

Final Assembly Drawing300-05170-0000 R 12 Figure 2 (Sheet 1 of 2)


Page 10007June/200234-40-11

Final Assembly Drawing300-05170-0000 R12 Figure 2 (Sheet 2 of 2)


Page 10009June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.071-01519-0101 Final Assy. ART 2000 18

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -0101 -------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- --------- REF1 300-05170-0000 ART 2000 & 2100 FI RF 0 REF100 000-00852-0109 ART 2000 PROD STRU RF 0 012-01005-0005 TAPE MYLAR 1 W IN 1.8 012-01361-0002 TAPE LACING IN 80 012-01562-0000 VELCRO TAPE LOOP EA 2 012-01562-0001 VELCRO TAPE HOOK EA 2 012-01563-0000 INSUL IF COVER BIG EA 1 012-01564-0000 INSUL I/F COVER EA 1 012-01573-0000 SUPER BOND TAPE IN 1.5 016-01082-0000 DC RTV 3145 AR 1 016-01268-0000 LOCTITE 271 AR 1 016-01278-0007 LUBRICANT AR 1 016-01407-0000 LOCTITE BLK MAX380 AR 1 025-00024-0000 WIRE 22AWG BLK IN 4.5 035-01540-0018 BAG STATIC 18X18 EA 1 047-09951-0001 PLATE STOP EA 1 047-09968-0001 COVER W/FINISH EA 1 047-10021-0001 FENCE COVER I/F EA 1 047-10124-0001 CLMP WIRE TB W/F EA 1 047-10549-0001 DIP SW COVER W/FIN EA 1 047-10880-0001 GND SPRING W/FIN EA 1 057-01540-0000 WARNING HV TAG EA 1 057-02203-0001 FLAVOR STCKR EA 1 057-03511-0001 DECAL, CAUTION EA 1 057-05656-0000 S/N TAG, ART 2000 EA 1 057-05716-0000 DECAL BD REMOVAL EA 1 057-05728-0000 WAVEGUIDE COVER EA 1 057-05734-0000 LABEL, RF RAD WARN EA 1 073-00925-0002 BASE W/FINISH EA 1 073-00936-0002 PVT BRKT BOT W/F EA 1 076-02278-0001 PVT PIN AZIM W/F EA 2 076-02868-0000 SPACER 4-40 .250 EA 2 076-02868-0001 SPACER 4-40 .605 EA 2 076-02876-0001 WASHER THRUST EA 2 088-03158-0000 BUMPER SCAN GEAR EA 2 088-03164-0000 LOAD WASHER EA 2 089-02344-0003 NUT LOCK 10-32 EA 2 089-05874-0004 SCR PHP 2-56X1/4 EA 3 089-05878-0004 SCR PHP 4-40X1/4 EA 11 089-05903-0004 SCR PHP 4-40X1/4 EA 6 089-05903-0022 SCR PHP 4-40X1 3/8 EA 2 089-06008-0004 SCR FHP 4-40X1/4 EA 2 089-06008-0007 SCR FHP 4-40X7/16 EA 9 089-06494-0005 SCR SHC 8-32X5/16 EA 1 089-06494-0007 SCR SHC 8-32X7/16 EA 8 089-08111-0034 WSHR SPLT LK #8 EA 9 089-08158-0011 WSHR FLT #8 EA 7 090-00988-0000 TWIST LOK CBL CLIP EA 1 090-00990-0010 PROTECTIVE CAP, SU EA 1 091-00109-0000 CABLE TIE EA 2 150-00096-0000 TUBING SHRINK 1/8 IN 3 150-00096-0001 TUBING SHRINK 3/16 IN 2.5 150-00096-0002 TUBING SHRINK 1/4 IN 5 200-05174-0000 AZIMUTH MOTOR ASSY EA 1 200-05175-0020 GIMBAL ASSY EA 1 200-05313-0000 SCAN SENSOR ASSY EA 1 206-00246-0109 ART2000 SW HW SET EA 1


Page 10010June/2002 34-40-11

nCOMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR THE ART 2000

Page 10011June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.206-00246-0104 ART 2000 SW/HW set 0

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -0109 -------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- --------- REF1 716-00236-0109 DOC INDEX ART 2000 RF 0 057-05287-0109 SOFTWARE MOD. TAG EA 1 200-08548-0020 PWR SUPPLY/MOD BD EA 1 205-00717-1109 LOGIC BD SW SET EA 1

nCOMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR THE ART 2000

Page 10012June/2002 34-40-11

This page is reserved


Page 10013June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.205-00717-0003 Logic Bd. S/W set 0

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -1109 -------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- --------- REF1 300-08549-0020 ART 2100 LOGIC BD RF 0 057-05252-0717 ART2100 HW/SW BOM EA 1 057-05335-0009 DECAL 205 DASH 09 EA 1 057-05335-0011 DECAL 205 DASH 11 EA 1 125-00751-0109 LOGIC BD SW EA 1 200-08549-0020 ART 2100 LOGIC BD EA 1


Page 10014June/2002 34-40-11

hnCOMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR THE ART 2000

Page 10015June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.126-00047-0001 ART 2100 FPGA ROM 0

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -0004 -------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- --------- U13 122-30049-0004 ART 2000/2100 FPGA EA 1 226-00104-0003 WX PROCESSING RF 0 226-00105-0003 STC PROCESSING RF 0 226-00106-0002 453 PROCESSING RF 0 226-00107-0004 DECOPE FPGA RF 0 721-00596-0004 EPLD DOC ART 2000/ RF 0

hnCOMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR THE ART 2000

Page 10016June/2002 34-40-11


Page 10017June/200234-40-11



Page 10019June/200234-40-11



Page 10021June/200234-40-11



Page 10023June/200234-40-11



Page 10025June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.200-08548-0000 POWER SUPPLY/MOD BOARD AB

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -0020 -------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- --------- B4001 148-05186-0000 FAN BRUSHLESS EA 1 C4004 106-04153-0047 CAP CH 15K X7R/50V EA 1 C4005 106-04471-0026 CH 470PF NPO/100V EA 1 C4006 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4007 106-04103-0046 CAP CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1 C4008 106-04332-0046 CAP CH 3.3K X7R/50 EA 1 C4009 097-00218-0004 CAP EL 330UF 50V EA 1 C4010 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4011 105-00169-0000 CAP MYLAR 5VFD EA 1 C4012 118-00082-0000 CAP CR .005UF 1KV EA 1 C4013 105-00169-0000 CAP MYLAR 5VFD EA 1 C4014 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4016 106-04102-0046 CAP CH 1K 50V 5% EA 1 C4017 096-01186-0022 CAP 4.7UF 25V 10% EA 1 C4018 096-01082-0052 CAP TN 47UF 35V EA 1 C4019 096-01082-0065 CAP TN 100UF 20V EA 1 C4020 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4021 106-04102-0046 CAP CH 1K 50V 5% EA 1 C4023 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4024 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4025 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4026 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4027 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4028 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4029 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4030 097-00218-0004 CAP EL 330UF 50V EA 1 C4031 106-04103-0046 CAP CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1 C4032 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4033 097-00217-0008 CAP AL/0 68UF 20V EA 1 C4034 096-01186-0018 CAP 6.8UF 20V 10% EA 1 C4035 106-00122-0000 CH CAP .33UF 50V EA 1 C4036 097-00217-0008 CAP AL/0 68UF 20V EA 1 C4037 096-01186-0018 CAP 6.8UF 20V 10% EA 1 C4038 106-00122-0000 CH CAP .33UF 50V EA 1 C4039 096-01082-0025 CAP TN 150UF 10V EA 1 C4040 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4041 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4042 097-00218-0004 CAP EL 330UF 50V EA 1 C4043 106-04103-0046 CAP CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1 C4044 097-00218-0003 CAP EL 470UF 25V EA 1 C4045 097-00217-0009 CAP EL 100UF 16V EA 1 C4046 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4047 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4049 097-00218-0004 CAP EL 330UF 50V EA 1 C4050 096-01082-0055 CAP TN 22UF 50V EA 1 C4051 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4052 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4053 096-01186-0011 CAP 47UF 10V 10% EA 1 C4054 097-00218-0003 CAP EL 470UF 25V EA 1 C4055 097-00218-0005 CAP EL 22UF 100V EA 1 C4056 096-01186-0011 CAP 47UF 10V 10% EA 1 C4057 096-01186-0014 CAP 10.0UF 16V 10% EA 1 C4058 097-00217-0013 CAP EL 220UF 10V EA 1 C4059 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4060 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4061 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4062 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4063 106-00124-0000 CAP CH CR .15 500V EA 1


Page 10026June/2002 34-40-11

C4064 106-00124-0000 CAP CH CR .15 500V EA 1 C4065 097-00217-0013 CAP EL 220UF 10V EA 1 C4066 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4067 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4068 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4069 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4070 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4073 096-01082-0055 CAP TN 22UF 50V EA 1 C4074 096-01082-0055 CAP TN 22UF 50V EA 1 C4095 106-00122-0000 CH CAP .33UF 50V EA 1 C4096 106-00122-0000 CH CAP .33UF 50V EA 1 C4097 106-04153-0046 CAP CH 15KX7R/50V EA 1 C4098 106-04153-0046 CAP CH 15KX7R/50V EA 1 C4099 106-04153-0046 CAP CH 15KX7R/50V EA 1 C4100 106-04153-0046 CAP CH 15KX7R/50V EA 1 C4101 106-04821-0016 CAP CH820PFNPO/50V EA 1 C4102 106-04821-0016 CAP CH820PFNPO/50V EA 1 C4109 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4119 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4120 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4122 106-00122-0000 CH CAP .33UF 50V EA 1 C4123 106-04153-0046 CAP CH 15KX7R/50V EA 1 C4124 106-04153-0046 CAP CH 15KX7R/50V EA 1 C4125 106-00122-0000 CH CAP .33UF 50V EA 1 C4126 106-04153-0046 CAP CH 15KX7R/50V EA 1 C4127 106-04153-0046 CAP CH 15KX7R/50V EA 1 C4128 106-04821-0016 CAP CH820PFNPO/50V EA 1 C4129 106-04821-0016 CAP CH820PFNPO/50V EA 1 C4132 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4133 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4134 097-00218-0004 CAP EL 330UF 50V EA 1 C4136 106-04751-0016 CH 750PF NPO/50V EA 1 C4137 106-04102-0026 CH 1KPF NPO/100V EA 1 C4138 096-01082-0055 CAP TN 22UF 50V EA 1 C4139 106-04103-0046 CAP CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1 C4140 106-04103-0047 CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1 C4141 096-01186-0022 CAP 4.7UF 25V 10% EA 1 C4142 106-04103-0046 CAP CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1 C4143 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4144 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1 C4145 106-04221-0014 CAPCH 220PF NPO 2% EA 1 C4146 106-04221-0014 CAPCH 220PF NPO 2% EA 1 C4149 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4152 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4153 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4154 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4155 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4156 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C4157 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 CJ4001 026-00018-0001 WIRE CKTJMPR 24AWG EA 0 CJ4002 026-00018-0001 WIRE CKTJMPR 24AWG EA 0 CJ4013 130-05000-0035 RES CH 0 QW CJ EA 1 CJ4014 130-05000-0035 RES CH 0 QW CJ EA 1 CJ4015 130-05000-0035 RES CH 0 QW CJ EA 1 CJ4016 130-05000-0035 RES CH 0 QW CJ EA 1 CJ4017 130-05000-0035 RES CH 0 QW CJ EA 1 CJ4018 130-05000-0035 RES CH 0 QW CJ EA 1 CJ4019 130-05000-0035 RES CH 0 QW CJ EA 1 CR4001 007-06141-0005 DIO UF RECOV 1000V EA 1 CR4004 007-06446-0000 DIO ULTRAFAST 600V EA 1 CR4005 007-06141-0005 DIO UF RECOV 1000V EA 1 CR4008 007-06177-0000 SMD DIO SI MMBD914 EA 1 CR4009 007-06141-0005 DIO UF RECOV 1000V EA 1


Page 10027June/200234-40-11

CR4010 007-06141-0005 DIO UF RECOV 1000V EA 1 CR4015 007-06444-0002 DIO 1A 150V SMD EA 1 CR4016 007-06444-0002 DIO 1A 150V SMD EA 1 CR4017 007-06444-0002 DIO 1A 150V SMD EA 1 CR4018 007-06444-0002 DIO 1A 150V SMD EA 1 CR4021 007-06177-0000 SMD DIO SI MMBD914 EA 1 CR4022 007-05245-0025 DIO Z 36V SMD EA 1 CR4025 007-06444-0002 DIO 1A 150V SMD EA 1 CR4026 007-06444-0002 DIO 1A 150V SMD EA 1 CR4030 007-06177-0000 SMD DIO SI MMBD914 EA 1 CR4031 007-06177-0000 SMD DIO SI MMBD914 EA 1 CR4034 007-06181-0000 DIO DUAL MMBD2835 EA 1 CR4036 007-06177-0000 SMD DIO SI MMBD914 EA 1 CR4037 007-06177-0000 SMD DIO SI MMBD914 EA 1 CR4038 007-05241-0001 TRNSRB 1500W 33V EA 1 CR4039 134-01026-0006 VRSTR VI00ZA15 81V EA 1 CR4040 007-06444-0002 DIO 1A 150V SMD EA 1 CR4041 007-06182-0000 DIO DUAL MMBD2837 EA 1 E4003 008-00008-0002 TERM SPLIT TURR EA 1 E4004 008-00008-0002 TERM SPLIT TURR EA 1 F4001 036-00057-0010 FUSE 275 125V 5A EA 1 J4001 030-02520-0003 CONN RT ANG HDR 40 EA 1 J4002 030-02832-0003 TERMINAL PC HEADER EA 1 J4003 030-02832-0003 TERMINAL PC HEADER EA 1 L4001 019-02368-0000 TOROID CHOKE EA 1 L4003 019-02368-0000 TOROID CHOKE EA 1 L4004 019-02368-0000 TOROID CHOKE EA 1 L4005 019-02332-0000 CHOKE PARASITIC EA 1 L4006 019-02332-0000 CHOKE PARASITIC EA 1 L4007 019-02332-0000 CHOKE PARASITIC EA 1 L4008 019-02332-0000 CHOKE PARASITIC EA 1 L4009 019-02331-0000 FIL IND .180-.230 EA .125 L4009 019-02331-0002 FIL IND .300-.355 EA .125 L4009 019-02331-0005 FIL IND .455-.500 EA .125 L4009 019-02331-0006 FIL IND .630-.685 EA .125 L4009 019-02331-0008 FIL IND .980-1.10 EA .125 L4009 019-02331-0010 FIL IND 1.50-1.70 EA .125 L4009 019-02331-0011 FIL IND 1.70-1.90 EA .125 L4009 019-02331-0012 FIL IND 2.50-2.80 EA .125 Q4001 007-00961-0000 FET POWER EA 1 Q4004 007-00961-0000 FET POWER EA 1 Q4007 007-01033-0000 SCR 600V EA 1 Q4010 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1 Q4015 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1 Q4017 007-00261-0003 XSTR 2N2907A (SOT) EA 1 Q4018 007-00937-0000 XSTR P-CHAN HEXFET EA 1 Q4019 007-00257-0001 MMBTA42 SO PKG EA 1 Q4020 007-00432-0002 THYRISTOR 2N6402 EA 1 Q4021 007-00254-0001 XSTR S PNP SOT-23 EA 1 Q4022 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1 Q4023 007-00261-0003 XSTR 2N2907A (SOT) EA 1 Q4026 007-00257-0001 MMBTA42 SO PKG EA 1 Q4027 007-00467-0000 XSTR S NPN MMBTA06 EA 1 Q4028 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1 R4006 139-00200-0000 RES CH 20.0 EW 1% EA 1 R4008 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1 R4009 139-02002-0000 RES CHIP 20.0KEW1% EA 1 R4010 139-00221-0000 RES CH 22.1 EW 1% EA 1 R4011 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4012 139-02742-0000 RES CHIP 27.4KEW1% EA 1 R4013 132-00102-0017 RES WW .24 1W 5% EA 1 R4014 131-00100-0033 RES CF 10 HW 5% EA 1 R4015 131-00101-0033 RES CF 100 HW 5% EA 1


Page 10028June/2002 34-40-11

R4016 136-01023-0072 RES PF 102K QW 1% EA 1 R4020 136-01023-0072 RES PF 102K QW 1% EA 1 R4021 139-02211-0000 RES CH 2.21K EW 1% EA 1 R4022 139-05113-0000 RES CH 511K EW 1% EA 1 R4023 139-04022-0000 RES CHIP 40.2KEW1% EA 1 R4024 139-04322-0000 RES CHIP 43.2KEW1% EA 1 R4028 139-01371-0000 RES CH 1.37K EW 1% EA 1 R4029 139-03321-0000 RES CHIP 3.32K EW EA 1 R4030 130-05027-0043 RES CH 2.7 HW 5% EA 1 R4031 130-05027-0043 RES CH 2.7 HW 5% EA 1 R4032 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4033 139-04751-0000 RES CH 4.75K EW 1% EA 1 R4036 130-05027-0043 RES CH 2.7 HW 5% EA 1 R4037 130-05027-0043 RES CH 2.7 HW 5% EA 1 R4050 139-06812-0000 RES 68.1K EW 1% EA 1 R4051 139-06811-0000 RES CH 6.81K EW 1% EA 1 R4052 139-06812-0000 RES 68.1K EW 1% EA 1 R4053 139-07501-0000 RES CHIP 7.5KEW1% EA 1 R4054 139-08061-0000 RES CH 8.06K EW 1% EA 1 R4059 139-02212-0000 RES CHIP 22.1KEW1% EA 1 R4060 139-05621-0000 RES CHIP 5.62KEW1% EA 1 R4061 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4062 139-05621-0000 RES CHIP 5.62KEW1% EA 1 R4063 139-03402-0000 RES CH 34K EW 1% EA 1 R4064 139-04751-0000 RES CH 4.75K EW 1% EA 1 R4066 139-02432-0000 RES CH 24.3K EW 1% EA 1 R4067 139-05112-0000 RES CHIP 51.1K 1% EA 1 R4068 139-03321-0000 RES CHIP 3.32K EW EA 1 R4069 139-03322-0000 RES CH 33.2K EW 1% EA 1 R4070 139-04752-0000 RES CH 47.5K EW 1% EA 1 R4071 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1 R4074 139-02213-0000 RES CH 221K EW 1% EA 1 R4077 139-04752-0000 RES CH 47.5K EW 1% EA 1 R4078 139-03571-0000 RES CHIP 3.57KEW1% EA 1 R4079 139-02491-0000 RES CHIP 2.49KEW1% EA 1 R4080 139-08871-0000 RES CH 8.87K EW 1% EA 1 R4081 139-02491-0000 RES CHIP 2.49KEW1% EA 1 R4084 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1 R4086 139-01003-0000 RES CHIP 100KEW1% EA 1 R4087 139-03571-0000 RES CHIP 3.57KEW1% EA 1 R4088 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1 R4089 139-02151-0000 RES CH 2.15K EW 1% EA 1 R4090 139-01003-0000 RES CHIP 100KEW1% EA 1 R4091 139-01003-0000 RES CHIP 100KEW1% EA 1 R4092 139-01003-0000 RES CHIP 100KEW1% EA 1 R4093 139-02493-0000 RES CH 249K EW 1% EA 1 R4094 139-06190-0000 RES CH 619 EW 1% EA 1 R4096 139-06191-0000 RES CH 6.19KEW 1% EA 1 R4097 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4098 139-04751-0000 RES CH 4.75K EW 1% EA 1 R4102 139-05621-0000 RES CHIP 5.62KEW1% EA 1 R4107 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1 R4108 139-01004-0000 RES CHIP 1M EW 1% EA 1 R4109 139-05111-0000 RES CHIP 5.11KEW1% EA 1 R4110 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1 R4111 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1 R4135 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1 R4136 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1 R4137 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1 R4138 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4139 130-05027-0043 RES CH 2.7 HW 5% EA 1 R4140 130-05027-0043 RES CH 2.7 HW 5% EA 1 R4141 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1


Page 10029June/200234-40-11

R4142 130-05027-0043 RES CH 2.7 HW 5% EA 1 R4143 130-05027-0043 RES CH 2.7 HW 5% EA 1 R4158 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1 R4161 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4162 130-05027-0043 RES CH 2.7 HW 5% EA 1 R4163 130-05027-0043 RES CH 2.7 HW 5% EA 1 R4164 130-05027-0043 RES CH 2.7 HW 5% EA 1 R4165 130-05027-0043 RES CH 2.7 HW 5% EA 1 R4166 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4169 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1 R4170 139-07321-0000 RES CH 7.32K EW 1% EA 1 R4173 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4175 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4176 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4178 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4180 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4181 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4182 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4183 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4185 134-01015-0031 THMS 2700 10% EA 1 R4186 139-02102-0000 RES CHIP 21K EW 1% EA 1 R4187 139-05761-0000 RES CH 5.76K EW 1% EA 1 R4188 139-01003-0000 RES CHIP 100KEW1% EA 1 R4189 139-02433-0000 RES CH 243K EW 1% EA 1 R4190 139-04751-0000 RES CH 4.75K EW 1% EA 1 R4191 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1 R4192 139-01021-0000 RES CH 1.02K EW 1% EA 1 R4195 132-05051-0000 RES WW .15 2W 5% EA 1 R4196 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4197 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4198 139-04641-0000 RES CH 4.64K EW 1% EA 1 R4199 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4200 133-00562-2202 RES VAR 12-15T 2K EA 1 R4201 139-03571-0000 RES CHIP 3.57KEW1% EA 1 R4202 139-02871-0000 RES CH 2.87K EW 1% EA 1 R4203 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1 R4204 139-04751-0000 RES CH 4.75K EW 1% EA 1 R4205 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4206 139-06491-0000 RES CH 6.49K EW 1% EA 1 R4207 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4208 139-01302-0000 RES CH 13K EW 1% EA 1 R4209 139-03321-0000 RES CHIP 3.32K EW EA 1 R4210 139-02670-0000 RES 267 EW 1% EA 1 R4211 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1 R4212 139-02001-0000 RES CHIP 2K EW 1% EA 1 R4213 139-01241-0000 RES CHIP 1.24KEW1% EA 1 R4214 139-04641-0000 RES CH 4.64K EW 1% EA 1 R4215 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1 R4216 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1 R4219 139-04751-0000 RES CH 4.75K EW 1% EA 1 R4220 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1 R4221 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4222 139-08060-0000 RES CH 806 EW 1% EA 1 R4223 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1 R4224 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4225 139-02001-0000 RES CHIP 2K EW 1% EA 1 R4226 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1 R4227 139-07681-0000 RES CH 7.68K EW 1% EA 1 R4228 139-04752-0000 RES CH 47.5K EW 1% EA 1 R4229 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1 R4230 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1 R4231 139-02210-0000 RES CH 221 EW 1% EA 1 R4232 139-04751-0000 RES CH 4.75K EW 1% EA 1


Page 10030June/2002 34-40-11

R4233 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1 R4234 139-03922-0000 RES CH 39.2K EW 1% RF 0 R4235 136-01023-0072 RES PF 102K QW 1% EA 1 REF1 300-08548-0020 POWER SUPPLY RF 0 REF2 002-08548-0020 HIGH VOLTAGE P.S. RF 0 T4001 019-07255-0000 FLYBACK TRANS EA 1 T4002 019-06133-0000 PULSE TRANSFORMER EA 1 T4005 019-07257-0000 XFMR, POWER EA 1 TP4001 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 TP4002 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 TP4004 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 TP4007 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 TP4008 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 TP4009 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 TP4010 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 TP4011 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 TP4014 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 TP4015 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 TP4016 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 TP4017 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 TP4020 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 TP4021 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1 U4001 120-03430-0000 IC 2843 EA 1 U4002 120-03163-0001 LM2901 SO-14 COMP EA 1 U4003 120-02233-0003 IC DUAL DRIVER SMD EA 1 U4005 120-03510-0000 PWR SWTCHG REGULTR EA 1 U4006 120-03510-0000 PWR SWTCHG REGULTR EA 1 U4008 124-00074-0003 IC 74HCT74 SO PKG EA 1 U4010 122-30064-9999 PLACE HOLDER RF 0 U4011 120-02469-0001 3042 GATE ARRAY EA 1 U4012 120-03163-0001 LM2901 SO-14 COMP EA 1 U4013 120-03592-0000 IC DIA MAX506BEWP EA 1 U4014 120-03520-0000 OVER VOLTAGE SENSE EA 1 U4015 120-03520-0000 OVER VOLTAGE SENSE EA 1 U4017 137-00034-0000 LM35D TEMP SEMSOR EA 1 U4018 120-03196-0000 IC LM2902D EA 1 U4019 120-03544-0000 VOLT REF LM285-2.5 EA 1 U4020 120-00108-0002 IC 74LS221 SO EA 1 U4033 120-03569-0000 L6203 DMOS F-B DVR EA 1 U4034 120-03569-0000 L6203 DMOS F-B DVR EA 1 U4049 120-03569-0000 L6203 DMOS F-B DVR EA 1 U4050 120-03569-0000 L6203 DMOS F-B DVR EA 1 U4054 124-00000-0003 IC 74HCT00 SO PKG EA 1 U4058 120-00108-0002 IC 74LS221 SO EA 1 U4059 120-03167-0004 LM318 EA 1 U4060 120-03593-0000 QUAD SW DG442 EA 1 U4061 120-03174-0014 OP AMP BI FET SO EA 1 Y4001 044-00309-0005 1.025MHZ OSC SMT EA 1 009-08548-0020 PCBD POWE SUPPLY/M EA 1 012-01316-0000 INSUL POLY FOAM EA 6 012-01575-0000 INSUL PS BD EA 1 012-01673-0001 INSULATOR EA 1 016-01040-0000 COATING TYPE AR AR 1 016-01082-0000 DC RTV 3145 AR 1 016-01442-0000 E-6000 CLEAR SEALA AR 1 047-10675-0001 HTSNK MOTOR W/F EA 1 047-10676-0001 HEARTSINK W/F EA 1 057-01540-0000 WARNING HV TAG EA 1 057-03231-0004 BDX-26147-0004 EA 1 089-02140-0000 NUT LOCK 4-40 EA 1 089-05903-0003 SCR PHP 4-40X3/16 EA 6 089-05903-0004 SCR PHP 4-40X1/4 EA 5 089-05903-0006 SCR PHP 4-40X3/8 EA 1


Page 10031June/200234-40-11

089-05907-0006 SCR PHP 6-32X3/8 EA 2 090-00973-0003 PIN SNAP LOCK .375 EA 3 090-00973-0005 PIN SNAP LOCK .625 EA 1 091-00054-0003 WASHER INSUL .500 EA 3 091-00286-0002 INSUL XSTR .687 EA 2 091-00480-0071 FLG BUSHING .116 ( EA 2 091-00602-0000 WSHR INSUL EA 2 092-05003-0018 EYE ROLL .121X.250 EA 2 126-00074-0000 MICROSTEPING ROM EA 1


Page 10032June/2002 34-40-11


Page 10033June/200234-40-11

Logic Board300-08549-0000 R-10 Figure 4 (Sheet 1 of 4)


Page 10035June/200234-40-11



Page 10037June/200234-40-11



Page 10039June/200234-40-11



Page 10041June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.200-08549-0000 LOGIC BOARD 1

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -0020

-------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- ---------

C5001 096-01186-0027 CAP .33UF 35V 10% EA 1

C5002 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5003 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5004 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5005 096-01186-0012 CAP 1.0UF 16V 10% EA 1

C5006 096-01186-0011 CAP 47UF 10V 10% EA 1

C5007 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5008 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5009 096-01186-0012 CAP 1.0UF 16V 10% EA 1

C5010 106-04330-0026 CH 33PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5011 106-04330-0026 CH 33PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5012 106-04330-0026 CH 33PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5013 106-04330-0026 CH 33PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5014 106-04101-0026 CH 100PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5015 106-04101-0026 CH 100PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5016 106-04101-0026 CH 100PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5017 106-04101-0026 CH 100PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5018 106-04101-0026 CH 100PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5019 106-04101-0026 CH 100PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5020 106-04101-0026 CH 100PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5021 106-04101-0026 CH 100PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5022 106-04101-0026 CH 100PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5023 106-04101-0026 CH 100PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5024 106-04101-0026 CH 100PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5025 106-04103-0046 CAP CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1

C5026 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5027 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5028 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5029 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5030 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5031 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5032 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5033 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5034 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5035 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5036 096-01186-0020 CAP .47UF 25V 10% EA 1

C5037 096-01186-0020 CAP .47UF 25V 10% EA 1


Page 10042June/2002 34-40-11

C5038 106-04102-0046 CAP CH 1K 50V 5% EA 1

C5039 106-04103-0046 CAP CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1

C5041 096-01186-0020 CAP .47UF 25V 10% EA 1

C5042 106-04102-0046 CAP CH 1K 50V 5% EA 1

C5043 096-01186-0059 CAP 4.7UF 10V 20% EA 1

C5044 106-04180-0026 CAP CH18PFNPO/100V EA 1

C5045 096-01186-0020 CAP .47UF 25V 10% EA 1

C5046 106-00122-0000 CH CAP .33UF 50V EA 1

C5047 096-01186-0020 CAP .47UF 25V 10% EA 1

C5048 106-04102-0046 CAP CH 1K 50V 5% EA 1

C5049 106-04102-0046 CAP CH 1K 50V 5% EA 1

C5050 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5051 106-04102-0046 CAP CH 1K 50V 5% EA 1

C5052 106-04102-0046 CAP CH 1K 50V 5% EA 1

C5053 106-04102-0046 CAP CH 1K 50V 5% EA 1

C5054 106-04102-0046 CAP CH 1K 50V 5% EA 1

C5056 096-01186-0020 CAP .47UF 25V 10% EA 1

C5057 106-04103-0046 CAP CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1

C5058 096-01186-0059 CAP 4.7UF 10V 20% EA 1

C5059 096-01186-0020 CAP .47UF 25V 10% EA 1

C5061 106-00122-0000 CH CAP .33UF 50V EA 1

C5062 106-04103-0046 CAP CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1

C5063 096-01186-0059 CAP 4.7UF 10V 20% EA 1

C5064 106-04101-0026 CH 100PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5065 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5069 096-01186-0027 CAP .33UF 35V 10% EA 1

C5070 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5071 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5073 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5074 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5076 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5078 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5079 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5080 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5081 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5082 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5083 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5084 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5085 096-01186-0020 CAP .47UF 25V 10% EA 1

C5086 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5087 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1


Page 10043June/200234-40-11

C5088 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5089 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5090 096-01186-0059 CAP 4.7UF 10V 20% EA 1

C5091 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5093 106-04103-0046 CAP CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1

C5094 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5095 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5096 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5097 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5098 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5099 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5100 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5101 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5102 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5103 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5104 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5105 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5106 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5107 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5108 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5109 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5110 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5111 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5112 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5113 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5114 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5115 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5116 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5117 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5118 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5119 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5120 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5121 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5122 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5123 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5124 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5125 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5126 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5127 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5128 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5129 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1


Page 10044June/2002 34-40-11

C5130 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5131 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5132 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5133 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5134 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5135 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5136 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5137 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5138 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5139 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5140 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5141 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5142 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5145 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5146 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5147 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5148 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5149 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5150 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5151 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5152 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5153 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5154 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5155 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5156 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5158 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1

C5160 106-00124-0000 CAP CH CR .15 500V EA 1

C5161 106-00124-0000 CAP CH CR .15 500V EA 1

C5163 096-01186-0027 CAP .33UF 35V 10% EA 1

C5164 106-04101-0026 CH 100PF NPO/100V EA 1

C5165 106-04100-0016 CH 10PF NPO/50V EA 1

C5501 106-00126-0012 CH MCRWV NPO 24PF EA 1

C5502 106-00126-0007 CH MCRWV NPO 0.8PF EA 1



C5505 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5506 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5507 106-05101-0016 CAP CH100PFNPO/50V EA 1

C5508 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5509 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5510 106-05470-0016 CAP CH 47PFNPO/50V EA 1


Page 10045June/200234-40-11

C5511 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5512 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5513 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5514 106-05470-0016 CAP CH 47PFNPO/50V EA 1

C5515 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5516 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5517 106-05680-0016 CAP CH 68PFNPO/50V EA 1

C5518 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5519 096-01186-0064 CAP 10UF 16V 20% EA 1

C5520 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5521 106-05103-0046 CAP CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1

C5523 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5524 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5525 106-05103-0046 CAP CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1

C5526 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5527 106-00126-0004 CH MCRWV NPO 1KPF EA 1

C5528 106-00133-0001 CAP CH 33PF N330 EA 1

C5529 106-00133-0001 CAP CH 33PF N330 EA 1

C5530 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5531 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5532 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5533 106-05270-0016 CAP CH 27PFNPO/50V EA 1

C5534 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5535 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5536 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5537 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5538 106-05270-0016 CAP CH 27PFNPO/50V EA 1

C5539 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5540 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5541 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1


C5543 106-00133-0001 CAP CH 33PF N330 EA 1

C5544 106-05121-0016 CAP CH120PFNPO/50V EA 1

C5545 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5551 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5567 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5568 106-05200-0016 CAPCH 20PF NPO 50V EA 1

C5572 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5574 106-05101-0016 CAP CH100PFNPO/50V EA 1

C5575 106-05101-0016 CAP CH100PFNPO/50V EA 1

C5576 106-00133-0005 CAP CH 33PF N220 EA 1


Page 10046June/2002 34-40-11

C5577 106-05104-0037 CAP CH 100KX7R/25V EA 1

C5578 106-05104-0037 CAP CH 100KX7R/25V EA 1

C5584 106-05271-0016 CAP CH270PFNPO/50V EA 1

C5587 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5588 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

C5589 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1

CJ5001 130-05000-0035 RES CH 0 QW CJ EA 1

CJ5002 130-05000-0035 RES CH 0 QW CJ EA 1

CJ5003 130-05000-0035 RES CH 0 QW CJ EA 1

CJ5004 130-05000-0035 RES CH 0 QW CJ EA 1

CJ5005 130-05000-0035 RES CH 0 QW CJ EA 1

CR5002 007-06184-0000 DIO DUAL SWITCHING EA 1



CR5005 007-06396-0000 DIO SW DUAL EA 1

CR5006 007-06396-0000 DIO SW DUAL EA 1

CR5007 007-06396-0000 DIO SW DUAL EA 1

CR5008 007-06179-0000 DIO SI MMBD501 EA 1

CR5009 007-06396-0000 DIO SW DUAL EA 1

CR5010 007-06396-0000 DIO SW DUAL EA 1


CR5012 007-06396-0000 DIO SW DUAL EA 1

CR5013 007-06181-0000 DIO DUAL MMBD2835 EA 1


CR5015 120-03599-0000 SP720 ESD ARRAY EA 1

CR5016 007-06448-0000 DIO SCHTKY 1A 30V EA 1

CR5017 007-05241-0007 TRNSRB 1500W 7V EA 1

CR5018 007-05241-0007 TRNSRB 1500W 7V EA 1


CR5020 007-05241-0007 TRNSRB 1500W 7V EA 1



FL5001 017-00251-0001 RFI/EMI SUPP FIL EA 1

J5001 030-03252-0008 CONN, PLG, D-SUB, EA 1

J5002 155-02745-0000 CABLE RIBBON (40P) EA 1

J5004 030-03171-0003 CONN HDR RTANG 6P EA 1

J5005 030-03209-0003 CONN HEADER EA 1

J5006 030-03209-0003 CONN HEADER EA 1

J5502 030-00464-0000 CONN COAX PC STR EA 1

L5001 013-00186-0000 FERR CHOKE Z-MAX EA 1

L5002 013-00186-0000 FERR CHOKE Z-MAX EA 1


Page 10047June/200234-40-11

L5004 013-00181-0000 FERRITE CHIP IND EA 1





L5016 013-00172-0000 FERRITE BEAD, SURF EA 1

L5017 013-00172-0000 FERRITE BEAD, SURF EA 1



L5501 019-02314-0090 IDCTR V 4.5T EA 1

L5502 019-02314-0090 IDCTR V 4.5T EA 1

L5504 019-02660-0040 IND SM 10000 10% EA 1

L5505 019-02660-0040 IND SM 10000 10% EA 1

L5506 019-02660-0013 IND SM 100 10% EA 1

L5507 019-02660-0040 IND SM 10000 10% EA 1

L5523 019-02660-0040 IND SM 10000 10% EA 1

L5524 019-02314-0091 IDCTR V 4.5T EA 1

L5525 019-02660-0040 IND SM 10000 10% EA 1

L5526 019-02660-0040 IND SM 10000 10% EA 1

L5527 019-02660-0040 IND SM 10000 10% EA 1

L5534 019-02660-0040 IND SM 10000 10% EA 1

L5536 019-02660-0050 IND SM 82 10% EA 1

L5537 019-02660-0015 IND SM 150 10% EA 1

L5538 019-02660-0015 IND SM 150 10% EA 1

L5539 019-02660-0017 IND SM 220 10% EA 1

Q5001 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT) EA 1

Q5002 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1

Q5003 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT) EA 1

Q5004 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1

Q5005 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT) EA 1

Q5006 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1

Q5007 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT) EA 1

Q5008 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1

Q5009 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT) EA 1

Q5010 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1

Q5011 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT) EA 1

Q5012 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1

Q5013 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT) EA 1

Q5014 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1

Q5015 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT) EA 1

Q5016 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1


Page 10048June/2002 34-40-11

Q5017 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT) EA 1

Q5018 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1

Q5019 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT) EA 1

Q5020 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1

Q5021 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1

Q5022 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT) EA 1

Q5023 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1

Q5024 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT) EA 1

Q5501 007-00537-0000 XSTR PNP MMBT5087 EA 1

Q5502 007-00537-0000 XSTR PNP MMBT5087 EA 1

Q5503 007-00933-0000 MMBT2369 EA 1

R5001 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5002 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5003 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5006 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5007 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5008 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1

R5009 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5010 139-02002-0000 RES CHIP 20.0KEW1% EA 1

R5011 015-00207-0032 RES OCTAL 10K SO EA 1

R5012 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5013 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5014 139-02002-0000 RES CHIP 20.0KEW1% EA 1

R5015 139-02431-0000 RES CH 2.43K EW 1% EA 1

R5016 139-02002-0000 RES CHIP 20.0KEW1% EA 1

R5017 139-08061-0000 RES CH 8.06K EW 1% EA 1

R5018 015-00249-0000 RES NETWORK EA 1

R5019 015-00249-0000 RES NETWORK EA 1

R5020 139-03091-0000 RES CH 3.09K EW 1% EA 1

R5021 139-01501-0000 RES CH 1.5K EW 1% EA 1

R5022 139-01501-0000 RES CH 1.5K EW 1% EA 1

R5023 139-02002-0000 RES CHIP 20.0KEW1% EA 1

R5024 139-02431-0000 RES CH 2.43K EW 1% EA 1

R5025 139-02002-0000 RES CHIP 20.0KEW1% EA 1

R5026 139-08061-0000 RES CH 8.06K EW 1% EA 1

R5028 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1

R5029 139-01003-0000 RES CHIP 100KEW1% EA 1

R5030 139-03323-0000 RES CH 332K EW 1% EA 1

R5031 139-03242-0000 RES CH 32.4K EW 1% EA 1

R5032 139-04992-0000 RES CH 49.9K EW 1% EA 1

R5033 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1


Page 10049June/200234-40-11

R5035 139-03010-0000 RES CHIP 301 EW 1% EA 1

R5037 015-00248-0000 RES NETWORK EA 1

R5038 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1

R5039 139-00309-0000 RES CH 30.9 EW 1% EA 1

R5040 139-00309-0000 RES CH 30.9 EW 1% EA 1

R5041 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1

R5042 139-02212-0000 RES CHIP 22.1KEW1% EA 1

R5043 139-02212-0000 RES CHIP 22.1KEW1% EA 1

R5044 139-02211-0000 RES CH 2.21K EW 1% EA 1

R5045 139-01501-0000 RES CH 1.5K EW 1% EA 1

R5046 139-01212-0000 RES CHIP 12.1K1%EW EA 1

R5047 139-01212-0000 RES CHIP 12.1K1%EW EA 1

R5048 139-01501-0000 RES CH 1.5K EW 1% EA 1

R5049 139-02211-0000 RES CH 2.21K EW 1% EA 1

R5051 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5052 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5053 139-04752-0000 RES CH 47.5K EW 1% EA 1

R5054 139-04752-0000 RES CH 47.5K EW 1% EA 1

R5055 139-04752-0000 RES CH 47.5K EW 1% EA 1

R5056 139-04752-0000 RES CH 47.5K EW 1% EA 1

R5057 139-01023-0000 RES 102K EW 1% EA 1

R5058 139-02553-0000 RES CH 255K EW 1% EA 1

R5059 139-01501-0000 RES CH 1.5K EW 1% EA 1

R5060 139-04321-0000 RES CH 4.32K EW 1% EA 1

R5061 139-04222-0000 RES CH 42.2K EW 1% EA 1

R5062 139-05761-0000 RES CH 5.76K EW 1% EA 1

R5063 139-02002-0000 RES CHIP 20.0KEW1% EA 1

R5064 139-01371-0000 RES CH 1.37K EW 1% EA 1

R5065 139-01372-0000 RES 13.7K EW 1% EA 1

R5066 139-02002-0000 RES CHIP 20.0KEW1% EA 1

R5067 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5068 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5069 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5070 139-04321-0000 RES CH 4.32K EW 1% EA 1

R5071 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5072 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5073 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5074 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5075 139-01053-0000 RES CHIP 105K EW 1 EA 1

R5076 139-01213-0000 RES CH 121K EW 1% EA 1

R5077 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1


Page 10050June/2002 34-40-11

R5078 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5079 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5080 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5081 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5082 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1

R5083 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5084 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5085 139-01502-0000 RES CHIP 15K EW 1% EA 1

R5086 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5087 139-05761-0000 RES CH 5.76K EW 1% EA 1

R5088 139-04752-0000 RES CH 47.5K EW 1% EA 1

R5089 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1

R5090 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5091 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5092 139-07682-0000 RES CH 76.8K EW 1% EA 1

R5093 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1

R5094 139-01004-0000 RES CHIP 1M EW 1% EA 1

R5095 139-02002-0000 RES CHIP 20.0KEW1% EA 1

R5096 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5097 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5098 139-06811-0000 RES CH 6.81K EW 1% EA 1

R5099 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1

R5100 139-01004-0000 RES CHIP 1M EW 1% EA 1

R5101 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5102 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5103 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5104 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1

R5105 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5106 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5107 139-05112-0000 RES CHIP 51.1K 1% EA 1

R5108 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1

R5111 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5112 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5113 139-06811-0000 RES CH 6.81K EW 1% EA 1

R5114 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1

R5115 139-01004-0000 RES CHIP 1M EW 1% EA 1

R5116 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5119 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5120 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5121 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5122 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1


Page 10051June/200234-40-11

R5123 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5125 139-03010-0000 RES CHIP 301 EW 1% EA 1

R5126 139-02001-0000 RES CHIP 2K EW 1% EA 1

R5127 139-02212-0000 RES CHIP 22.1KEW1% EA 1

R5128 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5130 130-05047-0033 RES CH 4.7 QW 5% EA 1

R5131 130-05047-0033 RES CH 4.7 QW 5% EA 1

R5132 139-08662-0000 RES CH 86.6K EW 1% EA 1

R5133 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5137 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1

R5138 139-04751-0000 RES CH 4.75K EW 1% EA 1

R5139 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1

R5140 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1

R5141 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1

R5150 139-01541-0000 RES CH 1.54K EW 1% EA 1

R5151 139-01071-0000 RES CH 1.07K EW 1% EA 1

R5152 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5153 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5155 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5157 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1

R5158 139-02670-0000 RES 267 EW 1% EA 1

R5159 139-09090-0000 RES CHIP 909 EW 1% EA 1

R5160 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA 1

R5165 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5166 139-03012-0000 RES CHIP 30.1KEW1% EA 1

R5167 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1

R5168 139-08872-0000 RES CH 88.7K EW 1% EA 1

R5170 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5171 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1

R5172 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5173 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1

R5174 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1

R5175 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5176 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1

R5177 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1

R5178 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5179 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1

R5180 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1

R5181 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5182 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1

R5183 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1


Page 10052June/2002 34-40-11

R5184 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5185 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1

R5186 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1

R5187 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5188 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1

R5189 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1

R5190 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5191 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1

R5192 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1

R5195 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1

R5210 139-01000-0000 RES CHIP 100 EW 1% EA 1

R5221 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1

R5222 139-05621-0000 RES CHIP 5.62KEW1% EA 1

R5223 139-07501-0000 RES CHIP 7.5KEW1% EA 1

R5224 139-05230-0000 RES CH 523 EW 1% EA 1

R5225 139-03241-0000 RES CH 3.24K EW 1% EA 1

R5226 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1

R5227 139-05622-0000 RES CH 56.2K EW 1% EA 1

R5228 139-05622-0000 RES CH 56.2K EW 1% EA 1

R5229 139-05622-0000 RES CH 56.2K EW 1% EA 1

R5230 139-05622-0000 RES CH 56.2K EW 1% EA 1

R5231 139-05622-0000 RES CH 56.2K EW 1% EA 1

R5232 139-05622-0000 RES CH 56.2K EW 1% EA 1

R5233 139-05622-0000 RES CH 56.2K EW 1% EA 1

R5234 139-05622-0000 RES CH 56.2K EW 1% EA 1

R5247 139-07501-0000 RES CHIP 7.5KEW1% EA 1

R5249 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5250 139-03012-0000 RES CHIP 30.1KEW1% EA 1

R5258 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5259 139-02372-0000 RES PF 23.7K EW 1% EA 1

R5260 139-01822-0000 RES CHIP 18.2KEW1% EA 1

R5262 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5263 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5264 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1

R5265 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1

R5266 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5267 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1

R5268 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1

R5269 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5270 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1

R5271 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1


Page 10053June/200234-40-11

R5272 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5273 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1

R5274 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1

R5275 139-03922-0000 RES CH 39.2K EW 1% EA 1

R5276 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5278 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5279 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5280 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5281 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5282 139-02742-0000 RES CHIP 27.4KEW1% EA 1

R5283 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5284 139-01003-0000 RES CHIP 100KEW1% EA 1

R5285 139-01622-0000 RES CH 16.2K EW 1% EA 1

R5289 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5290 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5291 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5292 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1

R5294 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1

R5295 139-02000-0000 RES CH 200 EW 1% EA 1

R5296 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5297 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5299 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1

R5501 139-02742-0000 RES CHIP 27.4KEW1% EA 1

R5502 139-01822-0000 RES CHIP 18.2KEW1% EA 1

R5503 139-02742-0000 RES CHIP 27.4KEW1% EA 1

R5505 139-01822-0000 RES CHIP 18.2KEW1% EA 1

R5506 139-02742-0000 RES CHIP 27.4KEW1% EA 1

R5507 139-04752-0000 RES CH 47.5K EW 1% EA 1

R5508 139-00750-0000 RES CH 75.0 EW 1% EA 1

R5509 139-07870-0000 RES CH 787 EW 1% EA 1

R5510 139-01271-0000 RES CH 1.27K EW 1% EA 1

R5511 130-05561-0043 RES CH 560 HW 5% EA 1

R5512 130-05561-0043 RES CH 560 HW 5% EA 1

R5514 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5525 139-03922-0000 RES CH 39.2K EW 1% EA 1

R5527 139-03922-0000 RES CH 39.2K EW 1% EA 1

R5529 139-01000-0000 RES CHIP 100 EW 1% EA 1

R5530 139-01000-0000 RES CHIP 100 EW 1% EA 1

R5531 139-07151-0000 RES CH 7.15K EW 1% EA 1

R5532 139-02801-0000 RES CHIP 2.8KEW1% EA 1

R5533 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA 1


Page 10054June/2002 34-40-11

R5534 139-05111-0000 RES CHIP 5.11KEW1% EA 1

R5535 139-04751-0000 RES CH 4.75K EW 1% EA 1

R5536 139-04751-0000 RES CH 4.75K EW 1% EA 1

R5537 139-04751-0000 RES CH 4.75K EW 1% EA 1

R5538 139-01332-0000 RES CHIP 13.3KEW1% EA 1

R5539 139-07500-0000 RES CHIP 750 EW 1% EA 1

R5540 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5541 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5544 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5548 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5550 139-00442-0000 RES CH 44.2 EW 1% EA 1

R5551 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA 1

R5552 139-00200-0000 RES CH 20.0 EW 1% EA 1

R5555 139-01000-0000 RES CHIP 100 EW 1% EA 1

R5556 139-01212-0000 RES CHIP 12.1K1%EW EA 1

R5557 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5558 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5559 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1

R5560 139-00499-0000 RES CH 49.9 EW 1% EA 1

REF1 300-08549-0020 ART 2100 LOGIC BD RF 0

REF2 002-08549-0020 SCH ART 2100 LOGIC RF 0

SK5003 033-00224-0003 SKT PLCC SM 32 PIN EA 1

SW5001 031-00756-0006 SWITCH DIP 8 POS EA 1

T5501 019-08265-0002 XFMR IF 63MHZ EA 1

T5502 019-08265-0001 XFMR IF 63MHZ EA 1

TP5001 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA 1

















Page 10055June/200234-40-11








U5001 120-02213-0002 Z80 10MHZ PLCC EA 1

U5002 120-02452-0000 RESET/WTCHDG CNTL EA 1

U5003 122-99999-9999 PLACE HOLDER RF 0

U5004 120-02363-0009 32KX8 RAM 35NS SO EA 1

U5005 120-02494-0000 X20C16 NOVRAM PLCC EA 1

U5006 123-00573-0003 IC 74HC573 S01C EA 1

U5007 124-00573-0003 74HCT573 (SO) EA 1

U5008 124-00574-0003 IC 74HCT574 EA 1

U5009 124-00574-0003 IC 74HCT574 EA 1

U5010 124-00574-0003 IC 74HCT574 EA 1

U5011 124-00574-0003 IC 74HCT574 EA 1

U5012 120-02469-0001 3042 GATE ARRAY EA 1

U5013 122-30049-9999 ART 2100 FPGA ROM RF 0

U5014 124-00245-0002 74HCT245D SO PKG EA 1

U5015 124-00245-0002 74HCT245D SO PKG EA 1

U5016 124-00245-0002 74HCT245D SO PKG EA 1

U5017 124-00573-0003 74HCT573 (SO) EA 1

U5018 124-00008-0003 IC 74HCT08 SO PKG EA 1

U5019 124-00573-0003 74HCT573 (SO) EA 1

U5020 124-00139-1003 74ACT139 EA 1

U5021 120-03174-0014 OP AMP BI FET SO EA 1

U5022 123-04351-0003 74HC4351 MUXIDEMUX EA 1

U5023 123-04351-0003 74HC4351 MUXIDEMUX EA 1

U5024 120-03475-0003 ADC0820 8BITA/D SO EA 1

U5025 124-00157-0003 IC 74HCT157 SO PKG EA 1


U5027 120-03592-0000 IC DIA MAX506BEWP EA 1


U5029 124-00245-0002 74HCT245D SO PKG EA 1

U5030 120-03285-0002 A/D CONVERT CA3306 EA 1


U5032 120-03026-0080 78M05 DPAK VLT REG EA 1

U5033 120-03163-0001 LM2901 SO-14 COMP EA 1



Page 10056June/2002 34-40-11


U5036 120-03598-0000 HI5700 8BIT A/D EA 1

U5037 120-02469-0001 3042 GATE ARRAY EA 1

U5038 122-30048-9999 ART 2100 WX COMP RF 0

U5039 120-02363-0009 32KX8 RAM 35NS SO EA 1

U5040 120-03026-0082 78M08 DPAK VLT REG EA 1

U5041 120-02469-0001 3042 GATE ARRAY EA 1

U5042 120-03126-0005 LM317L EA 1

U5043 123-00573-0003 IC 74HC573 S01C EA 1

U5048 120-02233-0003 IC DUAL DRIVER SMD EA 1

U5057 120-02469-0001 3042 GATE ARRAY EA 1

U5059 120-02363-0009 32KX8 RAM 35NS SO EA 1

U5091 120-08030-0010 429 ARINC LSI, 2 EA 1

U5118 120-02363-0009 32KX8 RAM 35NS SO EA 1

U5119 120-03488-0000 PM7224FS DAC EA 1


U5125 123-00003-0003 IC 74HC03 SOIC EA 1

U5126 124-00245-0002 74HCT245D SO PKG EA 1

U5144 120-03053-0010 IC LM2904 SO PKG EA 1



U5162 120-03393-0002 QUAD SWITCH DG441 EA 1

U5163 120-03593-0000 QUAD SW DG442 EA 1

U5165 120-06065-0002 DAC 10BIT .1%(SO) EA 1

U5166 124-00574-0003 IC 74HCT574 EA 1

U5168 124-00574-0003 IC 74HCT574 EA 1

U5169 124-00574-0003 IC 74HCT574 EA 1

U5171 120-03400-0001 REF-02 PREC V REG EA 1

U5501 120-03020-0001 IC IF AMP SO EA 1

U5502 120-03020-0001 IC IF AMP SO EA 1

U5503 120-03501-0000 HIGH SPEED DP-AMP EA 1

U5504 120-03020-0001 IC IF AMP SO EA 1

U5505 120-03020-0001 IC IF AMP SO EA 1

U5506 120-03027-0004 BALANCED MOD/DEMOD EA 1


V5001 134-02001-0000 VARISTOR 82V EA 1

Y5001 044-00309-0003 10 MHZ CLK OSC EA 1

Y5002 044-00309-0006 41.4 OSC EA 1

009-08549-0020 PCBD ART 2100 LOGI EA 1

012-01361-0002 TAPE LACING IN 8

016-01040-0000 COATING TYPE AR AR 1


Page 10057June/200234-40-11

030-02352-0007 LOCKING TAB EA 1

047-05201-0001 BRACKET W/F EA 2

047-10012-0001 I/F FENCE EA 1

047-10013-0001 I/F FENCE EA 1

047-10014-0001 I/F FENCE W/F EA 1

057-03231-0004 BDX-26147-0004 EA 1

076-02894-0001 SPACER PCB .120 EA 9

089-05878-0004 SCR PHP 4-40X1/4 EA 2

089-05903-0004 SCR PHP 4-40X1/4 EA 2

090-00988-0000 TWIST LOK CBL CLIP EA 1

090-01019-0020 FINGER STOCK EA 2

126-00047-0004 ART 2000/2100 FPGA EA 1

126-00059-0003 ART 2000 WXCOMP RO EA 1


Page 10058June/2002 34-40-11


Page 10059June/200234-40-11

Scan Motor Assembly300-05174-0000 R-3 Figure 5


Page 10061June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.200-05174-0000 AZIMUTH MOTOR ASSY 1

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -0000 -------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- --------- B1 148-05182-0001 MOTOR W/SHFT MOD EA 1 P2 030-02204-0002 CONN HSG 6 CAV EA 1 REF1 300-05174-0000 AZIMUTH MOTOR ASSY RF 0 008-00300-0004 TERMINAL LUG EA 1 016-01160-0000 ADH SPBNDR #326 AR 1 024-05004-0002 WIRE TC SHD FLAT IN 9 025-00024-0000 WIRE 22AWG BLK IN 3 030-01058-0001 CONN, PLUG, KEYING EA 1 030-02205-0005 TERM 22-26 EA 5 047-10162-0002 FEEDTHRU W/FERRULE EA 1 076-02823-0000 DAMPER EA 1 089-05857-0006 SCR SET 4-40X3/16 EA 1 091-00109-0000 CABLE TIE EA 2 150-00042-0000 TUBING SHRINK .187 IN 3.5 150-00049-0010 TUBING SHRINK WHT IN .5 150-00072-0000 SLDR SLEEVE .62 EA 2 150-00098-0016 INSUL TUBING 6D IN 4.75


Page 10062June/2002 34-40-11


Page 10063June/200234-40-11

Gimbal Assembly300-05175-0000 R-AA figure 6 (Sheet 1 of 2)


Page 10065June/200234-40-11

Gimbal Assembly300-05175-0000 R-AA Figure 6 (Sheet 2 of 2)


Page 10067June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.200-05175-0000 GIMBAL ASSY 1

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -0020 -------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- --------- REF1 300-05175-0000 GIMBAL ASSY RF 0 WG100 015-00239-0002 LIMITER (X-BAND) EA .5 WG100 015-00313-0001 X-BAND LIMITER EA .5 008-00065-0000 SLDR LUG EA 1 012-01361-0002 TAPE LACING IN 8 012-01567-0000 TEFLON LINER EA 1 015-00250-0000 RF NETWORK EA 1 016-01007-0007 LOCTITE 47-56 PMR AR 1 016-01007-0010 LOCTITE 609 AR 1 016-01016-0000 MOLYKOTE G-N PASTE AR 1 016-01278-0007 LUBRICANT AR 1 029-00766-0002 GEAR TILT 48PTCH EA 1 029-00767-0001 GEAR SCAN W/FIN EA 1 029-00768-0001 CLUSTER GEAR W/F EA 1 047-09947-0001 MTG PLT TILT MTR EA 1 047-10683-0001 CLIP CABLE W/FIN EA 1 073-00969-0001 CAM POS FDBK W/F EA 1 076-02277-0000 PIVOT PIN EA 2 088-03123-0001 CABLE GUARD W/BRKT EA 1 088-03143-0000 GUIDE CABLE EA 1 088-03148-0000 SHROUD CABLE EA 1 089-05857-0006 SCR SET 4-40X3/16 EA 2 089-05878-0005 SCR PHP 4-40X5/16 EA 4 089-05878-0006 SCR PHP 4-40X3/8 EA 4 089-05907-0003 SCR PHP 6-32X3/16 EA 1 089-06492-0005 SCR SHC 4-40X5/16 EA 4 089-06493-0007 SCR SHC 6-32X7/16 EA 2 089-06494-0005 SCR SHC 8-32X5/16 EA 4 089-06494-0028 SCR SHC 8-32X1-3/4 EA 4 089-08110-0034 WSHR SPLT LK #6 EA 2 089-08339-0000 WASHER CURVED SPRG EA 1 089-08600-0000 SHIM .25.375T=.002 EA 1 089-08600-0002 SHIM .25.375T=.006 EA 1 089-08600-0004 SHIM .25.375T=.010 EA 1 089-08600-0007 SHIM .25.375T=.016 EA 1 090-00019-0002 RING RTNR .250 EA 2 091-00109-0003 CABLE TIE EA 7 147-05169-0010 BEARING FLNGD SHLD EA 2 147-05169-0012 BEARING FLNGD SHLD EA 2 200-05173-0000 PITCH MOTOR ASSY EA 1 200-05310-0000 MAGNETRON ASSY EA 1 200-05553-0001 RECEIVER ASSY EA 1 200-05554-0000 TILT SENSOR ASSY EA 1


Page 10068June/2002 34-40-11


Page 10069June/200234-40-11

Tilt Motor Assembly300-05173-0000 R-5 Figure 7


Page 10071June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.200-05173-0000 PITCH MOTOR ASSY 1

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -0000 -------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- --------- B1 148-05182-0001 MOTOR W/SHFT MOD EA 1 P3 030-02204-0002 CONN HSG 6 CAV EA 1 REF1 300-05173-0000 PITCH MOTOR ASSY RF 0 008-00073-0000 TERM RING EA 1 016-01160-0000 ADH SPBNDR #326 AR 1 025-00024-0000 WIRE 22AWG BLK IN 3 025-05121-0000 CA SHLD 4 COND 24G IN 15.5 030-01058-0001 CONN, PLUG, KEYING EA 1 030-02205-0005 TERM 22-26 EA 5 047-10162-0002 FEEDTHRU W/FERRULE EA 1 076-02823-0000 DAMPER EA 1 089-05857-0006 SCR SET 4-40X3/16 EA 1 091-00109-0000 CABLE TIE EA 2 150-00018-0010 TUBING SHRINK WHT IN 2 150-00049-0010 TUBING SHRINK WHT IN .5 150-00072-0000 SLDR SLEEVE .62 EA 2 150-00096-0001 TUBING SHRINK 3/16 IN 1 150-00098-0016 INSUL TUBING 6D IN 4.75 150-00207-0000 CABLE SLEEVING IN 9.6


Page 10072June/2002 34-40-11


Page 10073June/200234-40-11

Magnetron Assembly300-05310-0000 R-AA Figure 8


Page 10075June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.200-05310-0000 MAGNETRON ASSY AA

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -0000 -------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- --------- REF1 300-05310-0000 CABLE ASSY, MAGNET RF 0 008-00300-0004 TERMINAL LUG EA 1 021-00127-0000 MAGNETRON (X-BAND) EA .5 021-00127-0001 X-BAND MAGNETRON EA .5 024-05079-0000 BRAID SHIELDING IN 18.8 025-00024-0000 WIRE 22AWG BLK IN 4.7 076-02821-0001 TUBE WIRE W/FIN EA 2 150-00049-0010 TUBING SHRINK WHT IN .5 150-00072-0000 SLDR SLEEVE .62 EA 2 150-00096-0001 TUBING SHRINK 3/16 IN 2 150-00128-0004 TBG HT SHRNK YEL IN .5 150-00207-0000 CABLE SLEEVING IN 8.7 150-00207-0010 CABLE SLV WHT 1/8 IN 8.1


Page 10076June/2002 34-40-11


Page 10077June/200234-40-11

Receiver Assembly300-05553-0000 R-5 Figure 9


Page 10079June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.200-05553-0000 RECEIVER ASSY 4

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -0001 -------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- --------- REF1 300-05553-0001 RECEIVER ASSY RF 0 015-00238-0001 XBAND RADAR FR END EA 1 016-01007-0003 LOCTITE 73 STUD AR 1 026-00029-0000 WIRE, CU, 22AWG, T IN 4 047-09953-0001 COVER PREAMP W/FIN EA 1 073-00946-0002 PRE-AMP HOUSING EA 1 076-02817-0001 INSERT METRIC/UNC EA 4 076-02825-0000 SPACER THREADED EA 1 076-02825-0001 SPACER THREADED EA 1 089-05874-0003 SCR PHP 2-56X3/16 EA 2 089-05874-0004 SCR PHP 2-56X1/4 EA 3 089-05899-0008 SCR PHP 2-56X1/2 EA 1 089-08001-0034 WSHR SPLT LK #2 EA 2 150-00005-0010 TUBING TFLN 20AWG IN .4 155-02744-0001 CABLE ASSY PREAMP EA 1 187-01813-0000 GASKET EMI EA 1 187-01814-0000 GASKET EMI EA 1 187-01869-0001 ABSORBER, MICROWAV EA 1 200-08545-0020 PREAMP BD SRX24 EA 1


Page 10080June/2002 34-40-11


Page 10081June/200234-40-11

Preamp Board300-08545-0000 R-2 Figure 10


Page 10083June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.200-08545-0000 PREAMP BOARD SRX23 0

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -0020 -------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- --------- C1001 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1 C1002 106-04272-0016 CAPCH.0027MFNPO/50 EA 1 C1003 096-01186-0013 CAP CH 3.3UF 16V EA 1 C1004 106-04102-0046 CAP CH 1K 50V 5% EA 1 E1005 008-00310-0000 TERMINAL BIFURCATE EA 1 E1006 008-00311-0000 TERMINAL BIFURCATE EA 1 J1002 030-03171-0003 CONN HDR RTANG 6P EA 1 L1001 013-00181-0000 FERRITE CHIP IND EA 1 R1001 139-06491-0000 RES CH 6.49K EW 1% EA 1 R1002 139-02211-0000 RES CH 2.21K EW 1% EA 1 R1003 139-02051-0000 RES CH 2.05KEW 1% EA 1 R1004 139-02432-0000 RES CH 24.3K EW 1% EA 1 R1005 139-01003-0000 RES CHIP 100KEW1% EA 1 R1006 139-01003-0000 RES CHIP 100KEW1% EA 1 R1007 139-01003-0000 RES CHIP 100KEW1% EA 1 R1008 139-01003-0000 RES CHIP 100KEW1% EA 1 REF1 300-08545-0020 PREAMP BD ASSY RF 0 REF2 002-08545-0020 SCH PREAMP BD RF 0 U1001 120-03581-0000 MMIC INA02184 EA 1 U1002 137-00034-0000 LM35D TEMP SEMSOR EA 1 U1003 120-03053-0009 LM358D DUAL OP AMP EA 1 U1004 120-03544-0000 VOLT REF LM285-2.5 EA 1 009-08545-0020 PCBD PREAMP BD EA 1 016-01040-0000 COATING TYPE AR AR 1


Page 10084June/2002 34-40-11


Page 10085June/200234-40-11

Tilt Sensor Assembly300-05554-0000 R-5 Figure 11


Page 10087June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.200-05554-0000 TILT SENSOR ASSY 2

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -0000 -------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- --------- P5 030-03170-0003 CONN HSG, 2 ROW, 6 EA 1 REF1 300-05554-0000 TILT SENSOR ASSY RF 0 U100 120-03584-0000 LINEAR HALL EFFECT EA 1 016-01040-0000 COATING TYPE AR AR 1 016-01160-0000 ADH SPBNDR #326 AR 1 016-01160-0001 ADHESIVE PRIMER N AR 1 016-01268-0000 LOCTITE 271 AR 1 025-05122-0000 CA SHLD 3 COND 26G IN 19 030-01444-0000 CONTACT EA 5 030-01453-0000 POLARIZING PLUG EA 1 047-10162-0002 FEEDTHRU W/FERRULE EA 1 047-10500-0001 COVER TLT SENS W/F EA 1 073-00968-0003 FOLL TILT W/HDWR EA 1 073-05176-0003 GIMBAL W/HDW EA 1 076-02890-0001 FERRULE TILT SENSR EA 1 089-02136-0000 NUT LOCK 2-56 EA 1 089-06004-0003 SCR FHP 2-56X3/16 EA 2 089-08076-0030 WSHR FLT STD .130 EA 1 089-08093-0030 WSHR FLT STD .094 EA 1 089-08335-0000 WSHR CURVED SPRING EA 1 150-00017-0010 TUBING SHRINK 24G IN 1.2 150-00020-0010 TUBING SHRINK 18G IN 7 150-00096-0001 TUBING SHRINK 3/16 IN 1.1 150-00207-0000 CABLE SLEEVING IN 9.8


Page 10088June/2002 34-40-11


Page 10089June/200234-40-11

Scan Sensor Assembly300-05313-0000 R-3 Figure 12


Page 10091June/200234-40-11

Assembly Desrciption Rev.200-05313-0000 SCAN SENSOR ASSY 3

SYMBOL PART_NUMBER FIND_NO DESCRIPTION UN -0000 -------- --------------- --------- ------------------ -- --------- P6 030-03170-0003 CONN HSG, 2 ROW, 6 EA 1 REF1 300-05313-0000 SENSOR MOD SCAN RF 0 U100 120-03584-0000 LINEAR HALL EFFECT EA 1 016-01040-0000 COATING TYPE AR AR 1 016-01144-0000 TAK PAK ADV 122-92 AR 1 016-01144-0001 ACCELERATOR 11525 AR 1 016-01160-0000 ADH SPBNDR #326 AR 1 016-01160-0001 ADHESIVE PRIMER N AR 1 016-01268-0000 LOCTITE 271 AR 1 016-01278-0007 LUBRICANT AR 1 025-00135-0000 WIRE 26AWG WHT-BLK IN 24 025-00135-0001 WIRE 26AWG WHT-RED IN 24 025-00135-0005 WIRE 26 AWG WHT-G IN 24 030-01444-0000 CONTACT EA 5 030-01453-0000 POLARIZING PLUG EA 1 047-10018-0002 FOLLOWER SCAN AXIS EA 1 047-10501-0001 COVER SCN SENS W/F EA 1 073-05178-0003 PIVOT BRK TOP W/H EA 1 078-02101-0000 SPRING TORSION EA 1 088-03137-0000 CABLE BUMPER EA 1 088-03147-0000 SLEEVE EA 1 089-02136-0000 NUT LOCK 2-56 EA 1 089-06491-0004 SCR SHC 2-56X1/4 EA 1 089-08076-0030 WSHR FLT STD .130 EA 1 089-08093-0030 WSHR FLT STD .094 EA 1 089-08335-0000 WSHR CURVED SPRING EA 1 150-00017-0010 TUBING SHRINK 24G IN 1 150-00020-0010 TUBING SHRINK 18G IN 23


Page 10092June/2002 34-40-11

rdr-2000 mm

Documents